WO2020160175A1 - Quindoline compounds and uses thereof - Google Patents

Quindoline compounds and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020160175A1
WO2020160175A1 PCT/US2020/015717 US2020015717W WO2020160175A1 WO 2020160175 A1 WO2020160175 A1 WO 2020160175A1 US 2020015717 W US2020015717 W US 2020015717W WO 2020160175 A1 WO2020160175 A1 WO 2020160175A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
aryl
heterocyclyl
groups
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2020/015717
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Laurence Hurley
Biswanath De
Venkateshwar R. CHAPPETA
Tracy A. BROOKS
Vijay Gokhale
Cynthia MIRANTI
Elsa REYES REYES
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
University of Arizona
Original Assignee
University of Arizona
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by University of Arizona filed Critical University of Arizona
Priority to US17/426,932 priority Critical patent/US12509468B2/en
Publication of WO2020160175A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020160175A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/16Peri-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/12Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D487/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4738Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines

Definitions

  • This invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry.
  • the invention relates to a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as stabilizers of G-quadruplex (G4) formation, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of cancer (e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer), and other conditions mediated by G4 stabilization.
  • cancer e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer
  • G-quadruplexes are regarded as attractive molecular targets of anticancer therapy of the future (see, Neidle S. (2011), Therapeutic Applications of Quadruplex Nucleic Acids, Academic Press, 1st edition). Indeed, influencing the stability of DNA G-quadruplexes was identified as one of the regulatory mechanisms for key processes on cellular level.
  • the present invention addresses this need.
  • G-quadruplexes that form in the regulatory region of genes, including oncogenes, have recently emerged as promising targets for the development of anticancer drugs. It has been reported that the G-rich DNA sequences derived from the polypurine/polypyrimidine regions of the c-Myc, VEGF, HIF-la, Ret, Bcl-2, c-Kit, hTERT, PDGF-R , KDR, and KRAS promoters form three-tetrad G-quadruplex structures in vitro, while PDGF-A and c-Myb form different types of G-quadruplex structures.
  • polypurine/polypyrimidine motifs are located in the GC-rich regions of promoters and contain four or more runs of two or more contiguous guanines in the G-rich strand.
  • the GC-rich region in the proximal region of these promoters is usually hypersensitive to nucleases and may form an altered structure with a single-stranded character, which is often a feature of transcriptionally active genes. Compelling data show that
  • G-quadruplexes form within the promoter regions of some genes and play a critical role in transcriptional regulation (see, for example, Qin, Y. and Hurley, L.H., (2008) Biochemie, 90, 1149-1171). G-quadruplexes have been found in a wide range of organisms including eukaryotes, bacteria, fungi and viruses.
  • c-Myc in particular, is an essential transcription factor that plays an important role in cell proliferation, differentiation, and maintenance of other cell-cycle functions.
  • the expression level of c-Myc is highly elevated, contributing to the development of malignancy in the many human cancers, including colon, pancreatic, breast, small-cell lung, myeloid leukemia, lymphoma, osteosarcomas, and glioblastomas.
  • c-Myc is an essential transcription factor that plays an important role in cell proliferation, differentiation, and maintenance of other cell-cycle functions.
  • the expression level of c-Myc is highly elevated, contributing to the development of malignancy in the many human cancers, including colon, pancreatic, breast, small-cell lung, myeloid leukemia, lymphoma, osteosarcomas, and glioblastomas.
  • c-Myc has also been found to have applications in the cardiovascular area (see, Haider et al. (2008) J. Med. Chem., 51, 5641-5649).
  • c-Myc is quickly induced in vascular smooth muscle cells after arterial injury (see, De Feo et al. (2006) J. Cardiovasc. Med., 7, 61-67) and activated by proliferative signals, including a number of mediators of vascular endothelial cell biology, such as LDL (see, Hahn et al. (1991) Biochem. Biophys. Res Commun., 178, 1465-1471), thrombin (see, Weiss and Ives (1991) Biochem. Biophys.
  • c-Myc also regulates the downstream genes causing cell migration and adhesion, collagen formation, secretion of extracellular matrix, and cell proliferation (see, Shi et al. (1993) Circulation, 88, 1190-1195).
  • Circulation, 88, 1190-1195 When compared with healthy conditions, there is increased c-Myc expression in atherosclerotic plaques, after carotid injury, and in hypertensive rats (see, Mann et al. (1993) J. Vase. Surg., 18, 170-176.).
  • inhibition of c-Myc by a mechanism involving targeting of the G-quadruplex has been shown to modulate the human endothelial cell cyclic strain response (see, Hurley, N. E. Journal of
  • TMPy4 G-quadruplex-interactive agents
  • telomestatin telomestatin
  • the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with c- Myc activity.
  • Androgen receptor (AR) activity drives the development and progression of prostate cancer (PCa).
  • PCa prostate cancer
  • Men who develop regionally advanced or metastatic prostate cancer often have long-term cancer control when treated with androgen-deprivation therapies (ADT), but their disease inevitably becomes resistant to ADT and progresses to castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC).
  • ADT involves the use of potent competitive AR antagonists and androgen synthesis inhibitors. Resistance to these treatments often emerges through maintenance of AR signaling via ligand-independent activation mechanisms. As such, there is a need to identify the molecular mechanisms and drugs that interfere with AR expression to overcome this serious drug resistance to ADT.
  • nucleolin as a repressor of androgen receptor (AR) expression, through its ability to stabilize a G-quadruplex structure (G4) in the AR promoter.
  • nucleolin Over expression of nucleolin in AR-expressing prostate cancer cell lines suppressed, while loss of nucleolin, increased AR mRNA and protein expression. It was found that nucleolin binds to the G4 region within the AR promoter. A dual reporter assay revealed that the G4 sequence in the AR promoter is required for nucleolin to suppress transcription. Moreover, commercially available compounds that stabilize G4 structures increase NCL association with the G4 in the AR promoter and decrease AR expression. Such compounds were shown to effectively reduce AR expression and induce cell death specifically in cells that express AR. These results indicate that nucleolin functions as a transcriptional repressor of the AR gene, and raises the important possibility that G4-stabilizing drugs can increase nucleolin transcriptional repressor activity to block AR expression. Such small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure were shown to effectively stabilize the G4 structure and thereby inhibit AR activity and expression.
  • the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC).
  • a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC).
  • cancer e.g., CRPC
  • the present invention contemplates that exposure of animals (e.g., humans) suffering from any type of condition characterized with activity related to unstable G-quadruplex structures to the compounds having a quindoline (or similar) structure will result in an effective treatment of such conditions outright and/or render such conditions more susceptible to additional therapies (e.g., the cell death-inducing activity of cancer therapeutic drugs or radiation therapies).
  • animals e.g., humans
  • additional therapies e.g., the cell death-inducing activity of cancer therapeutic drugs or radiation therapies.
  • the inhibition of AR activity and/or expression occurs through, for example, stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression (e.g., within the AR promoter).
  • the present invention contemplates that such AR antagonists satisfy an unmet need for the treatment of multiple cancer types, either when administered as monotherapy to induce cell growth inhibition, apoptosis and/or cell cycle arrest in cancer cells, or when administered in a temporal relationship with additional agent(s), such as other cell death-inducing or cell cycle disrupting cancer therapeutic drugs or radiation therapies (combination therapies), so as to render a greater proportion of the cancer cells or supportive cells susceptible to executing the apoptosis program compared to the corresponding proportion of cells in an animal treated only with the cancer therapeutic drug or radiation therapy alone.
  • additional agent(s) such as other cell death-inducing or cell cycle disrupting cancer therapeutic drugs or radiation therapies (combination therapies)
  • combination treatment of animals with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention and a course of an anticancer agent produces a greater tumor response and clinical benefit in such animals compared to those treated with the compound or anticancer drugs/radiation alone. Since the doses for all approved anticancer drugs and radiation treatments are known, the present invention contemplates the various combinations of them with the present compounds.
  • the quindoline (or similar) compounds of the present invention may exist as
  • stereoisomers including optical isomers.
  • the invention includes all stereoisomers, both as pure individual stereoisomer preparations and enriched preparations of each, and both the racemic mixtures of such stereoisomers as well as the individual diastereomers and enantiomers that may be separated according to methods that are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • Formula I including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and/or prodrugs thereof.
  • Formula I is not limited to a particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6.
  • the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression.
  • the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
  • Formula II is not limited to a particular chemical structure. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of stabilizing G-quadruplex structures.
  • the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G- quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
  • the present invention provides compounds shown in Table I.
  • the invention further provides processes for preparing any of the compounds of the present invention through following at least a portion of the techniques recited in the
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment, amelioration, or prevention of any type of condition characterized with activity related to unstable G-quadruplex structures disorders (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC) (e.g., cancer related to c-Myc activity)).
  • cancer e.g., CRPC
  • c-Myc activity e.g., cancer related to c-Myc activity
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment, amelioration, or prevention of disorders, such as those responsive to induction of apoptotic cell death, e.g., disorders characterized by dysregulation of apoptosis, including hyperproliferative diseases such as cancer.
  • the compounds can be used to treat, ameliorate, or prevent cancer that is characterized by resistance to cancer therapies (e.g., those cancer cells which are chemoresistant, radiation resistant, hormone resistant, and the like).
  • the cancer is any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC)).
  • the cancer is any type of cancer characterized with c-Myc activity and/or c-Myc expression.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • kits comprising a compound of the invention and instructions for administering the compound to an animal.
  • the kits may optionally contain other therapeutic agents (e.g., anticancer agents or apoptosis-modulating agents, e.g., therapeutic agents useful in treating any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC)).
  • other therapeutic agents e.g., anticancer agents or apoptosis-modulating agents, e.g., therapeutic agents useful in treating any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC)).
  • FIG. 1 A-H Specific compounds of the present invention suppress AR protein expression in androgen-dependent (LNCaP) and CRPC tumor cells (C2-4) after a 24h treatment at 10 mM (A) (Cell lysates from LNCaP and C4-2 cells treated with GSA compounds at a concentration of 10 mM for 24 hours were analyzed for expression of AR, NCL, and GAPDH by
  • GSA0932 suppress AR expression in 22RV1 and VCaP tumor cells, after 24h of treatment reaching its maximal inhibitory activity at a concentration of 3 and 5 mM
  • IE Relative luciferase in LNCaP cells stably expressing the A R G4 (Wild) or deleted G4 (AG4) reporter, treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours).
  • GSA0932 had no effect on the G4-deleted AR reporter (Fig. IE).
  • GSA0932, but not GSA1502 increases the amount of NCL bound to the G4-element of the AR promoter in both LNCaP and C4-2 cells (Fig. IF) (ChIP of NCL on AR G4 in the absence or presence of 10 mM GSA0932, Negative (IgG) control. Plotted as fold enrichment relative to IgG).
  • Fig. 1G LNCaP cells were transfected with scrambled (Scr) or NCL siRNAs and 72h post-transfection, cells were treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours. Extracted RNA was analyzed for AR expression by RT-qPCR).
  • GSA0932 has stronger cytotoxic activity against AR-positive tumor cells than non-AR expressing cells (H) (Indicated prostate cancer cell lines, or non-malignant prostate cells
  • alkenyl as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 2 to 10 carbons, unless otherwise specified, and containing at least one carbon- carbon double bond.
  • alkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 2-methyl-l- heptenyl, 3-decenyl, and 3,7-dimethylocta-2,6-dienyl.
  • alkyl as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified.
  • Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3- dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, and n-decyl.
  • an“alkyl” group is a linking group between two other moieties, then it may also be a straight or branched chain; examples include, but are not limited to -CH 2 -, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH 2 CHC(CH3)-, -CH2CH(CH 2 CH3)CH2-.
  • alkynyl as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • Representative examples of alkynyl include, but are not limited, to acetylenyl, 1-propynyl, 2- propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, and 1-butynyl.
  • aryl means a phenyl (z.e., monocyclic aryl), a bicyclic ring system containing at least one phenyl ring or an aromatic bicyclic ring containing only carbon atoms in the aromatic bicyclic ring system or a multicyclic aryl ring system, provided that the bicyclic or multicyclic aryl ring system does not contain a heteroaryl ring when fully aromatic.
  • the bicyclic aryl can be azulenyl, naphthyl, or a phenyl (base ring) fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
  • the bicyclic aryl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring, or any carbon atom with the napthyl or azulenyl ring.
  • Representative examples of the bicyclic aryls include, but are not limited to, azulenyl, naphthyl, dihydroinden-l-yl, dihydroinden-2-yl, dihydroinden-3-yl, dihydroinden-4-yl, 2,3-dihydroindol-4-yl, 2,3-dihydroindol-5-yl, 2,3- dihydroindol-6-yl, 2,3-dihydroindol-7-yl, inden-l-yl, inden-2-yl, inden-3-yl, inden-4-yl, dihydronaphthalen-2-yl, dihydronaphthalen-3-yl, dihydronaphthalen-4-yl, dihydr
  • the bicyclic aryl is (i) naphthyl or (ii) a phenyl ring fused to either a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl.
  • Multicyclic aryl groups are a phenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic
  • cycloalkenyl and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl, provided that when the base ring is fused to a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl, then the base ring is fused to the base ring of the a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
  • the multicyclic aryl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
  • multicyclic aryl groups are a phenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl, provided that when the base ring is fused to a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl, then the base ring is fused to the base ring of the a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
  • multi cyclic aryl groups include but are not limited to anthracen-9-yl, phenanthren-9-yl, l,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydroanthracen-9-yl, 1, 2,3,4- tetrahydroanthracen-5-yl, and 2,3-dihydronaphtho[2,3-b][l,4]dioxin-7-yl.
  • arylalkyl and“-alkylaryl” as used herein means an aryl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, and 2-naphth-2-ylethyl.
  • aryl-aryl means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an aryl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of aryl-aryl include, but are not limited to, biphenylyl.
  • aryl-heteroaryl means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a heteroaryl group, as defined herein.
  • aryl -heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, 4-phenyl-pyridin-2-yl and 2-phenyl-imidazol-l-yl.
  • aryl-heterocyclyl means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • aryl-heterocyclyl include, but are not limited to, 4-phenyl-piperazin- 1-yl and 2-phenyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl.
  • azido as used herein means a -N3 group.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkyl ring system.
  • Monocyclic ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups can be saturated ⁇ i.e., cycloalkanyl) or unsaturated ⁇ i.e., cycloalkenyl), but not aromatic.
  • monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • monocyclic cycloalkyl groups are fully saturated.
  • Bicyclic cycloalkyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, and a monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • the bicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
  • bicyclic cycloalkyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, and a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • Multi cyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
  • multicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
  • multicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
  • Examples of multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to tetradecahydrophenanthrenyl, perhydrophenothiazin-l-yl,
  • “Cycloalkenyl” as used herein refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkenyl ring system.
  • Monocyclic ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups are unsaturated (i.e., containing at least one annular carbon-carbon double bond), but not aromatic. Examples of monocyclic ring systems include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl.
  • Bicyclic cycloalkenyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • the bicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
  • bicyclic cycloalkenyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, and a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • Multi cyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
  • multicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring.
  • multicyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a
  • halo or“halogen” as used herein, means -Cl, -Br, -I or -F.
  • heteroaryl means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic heteroaryl ring system.
  • the monocyclic heteroaryl can be a 5 or 6 membered ring.
  • the 5 membered ring consists of two double bonds and one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms and optionally one oxygen or sulfur atom.
  • the 6 membered ring consists of three double bonds and one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms.
  • the 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the heteroaryl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl, and triazinyl.
  • the bicyclic heteroaryl consists of a monocyclic heteroaryl ring (base ring) fused to a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • base ring fused to a phenyl
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl a monocyclic cycloalkenyl
  • a monocyclic heterocyclyl or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • the bicyclic heteroaryl is a monocyclic heteroaryl fused to a phenyl ring or a monocyclic heteroaryl, then the bicyclic heteroaryl group is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom within the bicyclic ring system.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoxathiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, cinnolinyl, 5,6-dihydroquinolin-2-yl, 5,6- dihydroisoquinolin-l-yl, furopyridinyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinolinyl, purinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl, 5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinolin-4-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinolin-l-yl, and thienopyridinyl.
  • the bicyclic heteroaryl is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring fused to a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • the multicyclic heteroaryl group is a monocyclic heteroaryl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic heterocyclyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic cycloalkyl; or (ii) two ring systems selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl.
  • multicyclic heteroaryl group is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring.
  • multicyclic heteroaryl groups are a monocyclic heteroaryl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic heterocyclyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic cycloalkyl; or (ii) two ring systems selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl.
  • multicyclic heteroaryls include, but are not limited to 5H-[l,2,4]triazino[5,6- b]indol-5-yl, 2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-lH-carbazol-9-yl, 9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-9-yl, 9H-carbazol-9-yl, acridin-9-yl,
  • heteroaryl alkyl and“-alkylheteroaryl” as used herein, means a heteroaryl, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of heteroarylalkyl include, but are not limited to, fur-3 -ylmethyl, lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl, lH-imidazol-4-ylmethyl, l-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl, pyridin-3 -ylmethyl, pyridin-4-ylmethyl, pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl, 2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl, thien-2-ylmethyl, and thien- 3 -ylmethyl.
  • heteroaryl-aryl means a heteroaryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an aryl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of heteroaryl-aryl include, but are not limited to, 4-pyri din-2 -ylphenyl and 2-(imidazol- l-yl)phenyl.
  • aryl-heterocyclyl means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • aryl-heterocyclyl include, but are not limited to, 4-phenyl-piperazin- 1-yl and 2-phenyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl.
  • heterocyclyl as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or multicyclic heterocycle.
  • the monocyclic heterocycle is a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S where the ring is saturated or unsaturated, but not aromatic.
  • the 3 or 4 membered ring contains 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the 5 membered ring can contain zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the 6 or 7 membered ring contains zero, one or two double bonds and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the monocyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle.
  • Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl,
  • the bicyclic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle ring (base ring) fused to a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocycle, or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • bicyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the base ring.
  • bicyclic heterocycles are a monocyclic heterocycle ring (base ring) fused to a phenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocycle, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl.
  • bicyclic heterocyclyls include, but are not limited to, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran- 3-yl, indolin-l-yl, indolin-2-yl, indolin-3-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothien-2-yl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydro-lH-indolyl, and octahydrobenzofuranyl.
  • Multi cyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl.
  • multicyclic heterocyclyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring.
  • multicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
  • multicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to lOH-phenothiazin-10-yl, 9,10-dihydroacridin-9-yl, 9,10-dihydroacridin-10-yl, 10H- phenoxazin-10-yl, 10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenzo[b,f azepin-5-yl, l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[4,3- g]isoquinolin-2-yl, 12H-benzo[b]phenoxazin-12-yl, and dodecahydro-lH-carbazol-9-yl.
  • heterocyclyl-aryl means a heterocyclyl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an aryl group, as defined herein.
  • heterocyclyl-aryl include, but are not limited to, 4-( piperazin-1- yl)phenyl and 3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)phenyl.
  • nitro as used herein, means a -NO2 group.
  • nitroso as used herein, means a -NO group.
  • saturated means the referenced chemical structure does not contain any multiple carbon-carbon bonds.
  • a saturated cycloalkyl group as defined herein includes cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, and the like.
  • an unsaturated cycloalkyl group as defined herein includes cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, and the like.
  • an ex vivo cell can be part of a tissue sample excised from an organism such as a mammal.
  • an in vitro cell can be a cell in a cell culture.
  • an in vivo cell is a cell living in an organism such as a mammal.
  • “contacting” refers to the bringing together of indicated moieties in an in vitro system or an in vivo system.
  • “contacting” a cell with a compound includes the administration of a compound described herein to an individual or patient, such as a human, as well as, introducing a compound into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation.
  • the term“individual” or“patient,” used interchangeably, refers to any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
  • a subject“in need thereof’ refers to a subject that has the disorder or disease to be treated or is predisposed to developing the disease or disorder.
  • the phrase“therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
  • limiting development of the disease for example, slowing or halting development of a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease;
  • inhibiting the disease for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder;
  • ameliorating the disease for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as decreasing the severity of disease.
  • treatment and“treating” means (i) ameliorating the referenced disease state, for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing or improving the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as decreasing the severity of disease; or (ii) eliciting the referenced biological effect.
  • Such pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfmic, formic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, nitric, benzoic, citric, tartaric, maleic, hydroiodic, alkanoic such as acetic, HOOC-(CH2)n-COOH where n is 0-4, and the like.
  • Non toxic pharmaceutical base addition salts include salts of bases such as sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, and the like. Those skilled in the art will recognize a wide variety of non toxic pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts.
  • the phrase“pharmaceutically acceptable anion” refers to anionic groups which are tolerated in vivo, such as, but not limited to, halides (fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide), phosphate, sulfate, sulfmate, formate, fumarate, toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, nitrate, benzoate, citrate, tartarate, maleate, alkanoates such as acetate.
  • halides fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide
  • phosphate sulfate
  • sulfmate formate
  • fumarate toluenesulfonate
  • methanesulfonate methanesulfonate
  • nitrate benzoate
  • citrate tartarate
  • maleate alkanoates
  • Cell proliferative disorders means a condition in which a cell in a subject's body undergoes abnormal, uncontrolled proliferation. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, polycystic kidney disease, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease; cancers including but not limited to cancers of the colorectum, breast, lung (e.g., small cell lung), liver, pancreas, lymph node, colon, prostate, brain
  • glioblastomas head and neck, skin, liver, kidney, heart, bone
  • osteosarcomas smooth muscle
  • smooth muscle e.g., leiomyosarcomas
  • hematopoietic system i.e., cancers involving
  • hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin such as those arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof); and pre-transformation proliferative disorders involving abnormal c-Myc expression, such as myelodisplastic syndrome (MDS).
  • MDS myelodisplastic syndrome
  • anticancer agent refers to any therapeutic agents (e.g., chemotherapeutic compounds and/or molecular therapeutic compounds), antisense therapies, radiation therapies, or surgical interventions, used in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases such as cancer (e.g, in mammals, e.g.., in humans).
  • therapeutic agents e.g., chemotherapeutic compounds and/or molecular therapeutic compounds
  • antisense therapies e.g., radiation therapies, or surgical interventions
  • radiation therapies e.g., radiation therapies, or surgical interventions, used in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases such as cancer (e.g, in mammals, e.g.., in humans).
  • prodrug refers to a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a parent“drug” molecule that requires biotransformation (e.g ., either spontaneous or enzymatic) within the target physiological system to release, or to convert (e.g., enzymatically,
  • Prodrugs are designed to overcome problems associated with stability, water solubility, toxicity, lack of specificity, or limited bioavailability.
  • Exemplary prodrugs comprise an active drug molecule itself and a chemical masking group (e.g, a group that reversibly suppresses the activity of the drug).
  • Some prodrugs are variations or derivatives of compounds that have groups cleavable under metabolic conditions. Prodrugs can be readily prepared from the parent compounds using methods known in the art, such as those described in A Textbook of Drug Design and
  • prodrugs become pharmaceutically active in vivo or in vitro when they undergo solvolysis under physiological conditions or undergo enzymatic degradation or other biochemical transformation (e.g, phosphorylation, hydrogenation, dehydrogenation,
  • Prodrugs often offer advantages of water solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism. (See e.g, Bundgard, Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier, Amsterdam (1985); and Silverman, The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, » . 352-401, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1992)).
  • Common prodrugs include acid derivatives such as esters prepared by reaction of parent acids with a suitable alcohol (e.g, a lower alkanol) or esters prepared by reaction of parent alcohol with a suitable carboxylic acid, (e.g, an amino acid), amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with an amine, basic groups reacted to form an acylated base derivative (e.g, a lower alkylamide), or phosphorus-containing derivatives, e.g, phosphate, phosphonate, and phosphoramidate esters, including cyclic phosphate, phosphonate, and phosphoramidate (see, e.g., US Patent Application Publication No. US 2007/0249564 Al; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • a suitable alcohol e.g, a lower alkanol
  • amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with an amine
  • nucleolin as a repressor of androgen receptor (AR) expression, through its ability to stabilize a G-quadruplex structure (G4) in the AR promoter.
  • AR androgen receptor
  • G4 G-quadruplex structure
  • Over expression of nucleolin in AR-expressing prostate cancer cell lines suppressed, while loss of nucleolin, increased AR mRNA and protein expression. It was found that nucleolin binds to the G4 region within the AR promoter.
  • a dual reporter assay revealed that the G4 sequence in the AR promoter is required for nucleolin to suppress transcription.
  • commercially available compounds that stabilize G4 structures increase NCL association with the G4 in the AR promoter and decrease AR expression. Such compounds were shown to effectively reduce AR expression and induce cell death specifically in cells that express AR.
  • nucleolin functions as a transcriptional repressor of the AR gene, and raises the important possibility that G4-stabilizing drugs can increase nucleolin transcriptional repressor activity to block AR expression.
  • Such small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure were shown to effectively stabilize the G4 structure and thereby inhibit AR activity and expression.
  • the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with c- Myc activity.
  • the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC).
  • a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC).
  • cancer e.g., CRPC
  • Formula I is not limited to a particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6.
  • the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression.
  • the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
  • Rl is hydrogen or methyl
  • R2 is hydrogen
  • R3 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R6 is selected from
  • Formula II is not limited to a particular chemical structure. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of stabilizing G-quadruplex structures. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by
  • Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G- quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression.
  • the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
  • n 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the B ring and the D ring are each independently a fused phenyl ring or a 6-membered heteroaryl ring comprising one to four annular nitrogen atoms.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-aryl, aryl -heteroaryl, aryl-heterocyclyl, heteroaryl-aryl, heterocyclyl-aryl,
  • heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 10 groups,
  • R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a fused phenyl, monocyclic C3-C8cycloalkyl, monocyclic heterocyclyl, monocyclic aryl, or monocyclic heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 10 groups;
  • R 3 and R 4 are taken together to form a fused phenyl, monocyclic C3-C8cycloalkyl, monocyclic heterocyclyl, monocyclic aryl, or monocyclic heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 10 groups.
  • each R 10 is independently R 15 , Ci-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkyl-R 15 .
  • R 5 is Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl (Ci- C6)alkyl.
  • the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups which are each independently oxo, thia, -R 50 , or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 50 .
  • the aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 50 .
  • each R 50 is independently halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, nitroso, -
  • each R is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C 2 -C6alkenyl, C 2 - Cealkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups,
  • each R 11 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -N(R 12 ) 2 , -C(0)R 12 , -C(0)OR 12 , -C(0)N(R 12 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 12 -S(0) 2 N(R 12 ) 2 , -N(R 12 )C(0)R 12 , -N(R 12 )S(0) 2 R 12 , -OC(0)R 12 , -OC(0)OR 12 , -N(R 12 )C(0)0R 12 , -N(R 12 )C(0)N(R 12 ) 2 ,
  • Cealkyl C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl.
  • each R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl, or two R 12 groups attached to the same nitrogen atom taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are each independently halo or Ci-Cealkyl.
  • each R N is independently hydrogen or -C(0)C(H)(R AA )NH(R N2 ).
  • each R c is independently -OH or -N(R N2 )C(H)(R AA )COOH.
  • R N2 is (i) hydrogen or (ii) R N2 and R AA taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 4 - 8 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or two R A1 groups.
  • R N and R AA taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 4 - 8 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or two R A1 groups.
  • the invention further comprises subgenera of compounds encompassed within Formula II in which the substituents are selected as any and all combinations of structural formula II, A, R 1 - R 4 , and R 5 as defined herein, including without limitation, the following:
  • each B when present, each B is independently -N- or -C(H)-, and wherein when B is -C(H)-, then B can be optionally substituted with R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , or R 4 when the ring in which each B is present is allowed to be substituted by R 1 - R 4 as defined in the preceding formulae.
  • A is selected from one of the following groups (a) - (c):
  • R '-R 4 are selected from one of the following groups (d) - (ss):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is -OR 16 , -SR 16 , or -N(H)(R 16 ), wherein R 16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 17 , heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 )2, -C(0)R 18 , -C(0)OR 18 , -C(0)N(R 18 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 18 , -S(0) 2 N(R 18 ) 2 , -N(R 18 )C(0)R 18 , -N(R 18 )S(0) 2 R 18 , -OC(0)R 18 , -OC(0)OR 18 , -N(R 18 )C(0)0R 18 ,
  • each R 18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • R 2 and R 4 are each hydrogen; and R 1 and R 3 are each independently -OR 16 , -SR 16 , or -N(H)(R 16 ), wherein R 16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 17 , heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 ) 2 , -C(0)R 18 ,
  • R 2 and R 4 are each hydrogen; one of R 1 and R 3 is -OR 16 , -SR 16 , or -N(H)(R 16 ), wherein R 16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 17 , heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or
  • R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 ) 2 , -C(0)R 18 , -C(0)OR 18 , - )R 18 , 2 , wherein each R 18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl; and the other of R 1 and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 and R 4 are each hydrogen; and R 1 and R 3 are each independently -N(H)R 16 , wherein R 16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 17 , heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or
  • R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 ) 2 , -C(0)R 18 , -C(0)OR 18 , - )R 18 , 2 , wherein each R 18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • R 2 and R 4 are each hydrogen; one of R 1 and R 3 is -N(H)R 16 , wherein R 16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 17 , heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 )2, -C(0)R 18 , -C(0)OR 18 , -C(0)N(R 18 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 18 , -S(0) 2 N(R 18 ) 2 ,
  • each R 18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl; and the other of R 1 and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 and R 4 are each hydrogen; and R 1 and R 3 are each independently -N(H)R 16 , wherein R 16 is -Ci-C6alkyl-R 17 or heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 ) 2 , -N(R 18 )C(0)R 18 , -N(R 18 )S(0) 2 R 18 , -OC(0)R 18 , -OC(0)OR 18 , -N(R 18 )C(0)0R 18 ,
  • each R 18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • R 2 and R 4 are each hydrogen; one of R 1 and R 3 is -N(H)R 16 , wherein R 16 is -Ci-C6alkyl- R 17 or heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R 17 is -OR 18 , -SR 18 , -N(R 18 ) 2 , -N(R 18 )C(0)R 18 , -N(R 18 )S(0) 2 R 18 , -OC(0)R 18 , -OC(0)OR 18 , -N(R 18 )C(0)0R 18 , -N(R 18 )C(0)N(R 18 ) 2 , or
  • each R 18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by a one group which is R 20 ,
  • Ci-Cealkyl, or -Ci-Cealkyl-R 20 wherein R 20 is -OR 21 , -SR 21 , -N(R 21 ) 2 , -C(0)R 21 , -C(0)OR 21 , -C(0)N(R 21 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 21 , -S(0) 2 N(R 21 ) 2 , -N(R 21 )C(0)R 21 , -N(R 21 )S(0) 2 R 21 , -OC(0)R 21 ,
  • each R 21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by a one group which is R 20 , Ci-Cealkyl, or -Ci-Cealkyl-R 20 , wherein R 20 is -OR 21 , -SR 21 , -N(R 21 ) 2 , -C(0)R 21 , -C(0)OR 21 , -C(0)N(R 21 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 21 , -S(0) 2 N(R 21 ) 2 , wherein each R 21 is independently hydrogen; Ci- Cealkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is , wherein R 22 is -C(0)R 21 , -C(0)0R 21 ,
  • R 20 is -OR 21 , -SR 21 , -N(R 21 ) 2 , -C(0)R 21 , -C(0)OR 21 , -C(0)N(R 21 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 21 , -S(0) 2 N(R 21 ) 2 , and each R 21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • each R 21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is , wherein R 22 is Ci-C6alkyl, or
  • R 20 is -OR 21 , -SR 21 , or -N(R 21 )2, wherein each R 21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • R 22 is -C(0)R 21 or -S(0)2R 21 each R 21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • R 22 is -C(0)R 21 or -S(0)2R 21 , wherein R 21 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R 11 groups.
  • R 5 is selected from one of the following groups (tt) - (zzz):
  • R 5 is -Ci-Cealkyl-R 50 , wherein R 50 is -OR, -SR, -NR 2 , -N(R)C(H)(R AA )C(0)(R c ), -N(R)NR 2 , -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)C(H)(R AA )N(H)(R n ), -N(R)S(0) 2 R, -OC(0)R, -OC(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)NR 2 , or -N(
  • R 5 is -Ci-Cealkyl-R 50 , wherein R
  • R 53 is Ci-Cealkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 11 groups.
  • R 5 is -Ci-Cealkyl-R 50 , wherein R 50 is -N(H)C(0)R 53 , -N(H)S(0) 2 R 53 , -0C(0)R 53 , -0C(0)0R 53 , -N(H)C(0)0R 53 , -N(H)C(0)N(H)R 53 , wherein R 53 is Ci-Cealkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R 53 is Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -N(R 12 ) 2 , or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • R 53 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -N(R 12 ) 2 , or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • thiomorpholinyl azepanyl, diazepanyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolinyl, oxazolinyl, or thiazolinyl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -N(R 12 ) 2 , or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • R 53 is pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, azepanyl, or diazepanyl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -N(R 12 ) 2 , or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-Cealkyl.
  • R 5 is heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups which are each independently oxo, thia, or -R 50 .
  • R 5 is heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3groups which are each independently oxo, thia, or -R 50 .
  • a and d are each independently 0, 1, or 2;
  • q 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • Q is -N- or -C(H)-;
  • Z is a bond, -0-, -S-, -C(O)-, or -N(R 60 )-, wherein
  • R 60 is hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, aryl(Ci- C6)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci- C 6 )alkyl, -Ci-Cealkyl-OR, -Ci-Cealkyl-SR, -Ci-C 6 alkyl-N(R)2, -COR, -COMO,
  • each R 57 and R 58 are independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, -OR, -MO, -N(R)C(0)NR 2 , oxo, -COOH, -CONR2,
  • both R 57 groups can be taken together with the carbon atoms to
  • both R 58 groups can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or C3-Cscycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R 50 groups.
  • R 5 is -(CH2)I-6-R 61 , wherein R 61 is a group which is
  • R 5 is -(CH2)I-6-R 61 , wherein R 61 is a group which is
  • R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R 56 is aryl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • (sss) R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R 56 is phenyl or a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • (ttt) R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R 56 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R 56 is a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2 or 3, and R 56 is aryl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2 or 3, and R 56 is phenyl or a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2 or 3, and R 56 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • (yyy) R 5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R 56 , wherein m is 2 or 3, and R 56 is a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R 50 .
  • the B ring and the D ring are each independently a fused phenyl ring
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or R 10 , wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R 10 groups, wherein each R 10 is independently R 15 , Ci-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkyl-R 15 , wherein each R 15 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -C(0)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)S(0) 2 R, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(
  • R 5 is Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl,
  • aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and
  • heterocyclylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each
  • arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently -R 50 or -Ci-C6alkyl-R 50 ,
  • each R 50 is independently halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR 2 ,
  • each R is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C 2 -C6alkenyl, C 2 -C6alkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 11 groups,
  • each R 11 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -N(R 12 ) 2 , -C(0)R 12 , -C(0)OR 12 , -C(0)N(R 12 ) 2 , -S(0) 2 R 12 -S(0) 2 N(R 12 ) 2 , -N(R 12 )C(0)R 12 , -N(R 12 )S(0) 2 R 12 , -OC(0)R 12 , -OC(0)OR 12 , -N(R 12 )C(0)0R 12 , -N(R 12 )C(0)N(R 12 ) 2 ,
  • each R 12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
  • the invention further comprises subgenera of embodiment (2) in which the substituents are selected as any and all combinations of structural formula (II), A, R 1 - R 4 , and R 5 as defined herein, including without limitation, the following:
  • Structural Formula II is one of formulae (la) - (Ih), and preferably is one of formulae (Id)
  • A is selected from one of the following groups (aaaa) - (cccc):
  • R'-R 4 are selected from one of the following groups (d) - (ss), as defined above; wherein R 5 is selected from one of the following groups (tt) - (zzz), as defined above.
  • the present invention provides compounds shown in Table I.
  • an important aspect of the present invention is that compounds of the invention induce cell cycle arrest and/or apoptosis and also potentiate the induction of cell cycle arrest and/or apoptosis either alone or in response to additional apoptosis induction signals. Therefore, it is contemplated that these compounds sensitize cells to induction of cell cycle arrest and/or apoptosis, including cells that are resistant to such inducing stimuli.
  • the compounds of the present invention e.g., quindoline (or similar) compounds
  • compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat diseased cells, tissues, organs, or pathological conditions and/or disease states in an animal (e.g., a mammalian patient including, but not limited to, humans and veterinary animals).
  • an animal e.g., a mammalian patient including, but not limited to, humans and veterinary animals.
  • various diseases and pathologies are amenable to treatment or prophylaxis using the present methods and compositions.
  • a non-limiting exemplary list of these diseases and conditions includes, but is not limited to, any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC), and any type of cancer characterized with c- Myc activity and/or expression.
  • the condition is characterized with unstable G-quadruplex activity including but not limited to pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lymphoma, skin cancer, colon cancer, melanoma, malignant melanoma, ovarian cancer, brain cancer, primary brain carcinoma, head and neck cancer, glioma, glioblastoma, liver cancer, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, head or neck carcinoma, breast carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, lung carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical carcinoma, testicular carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, stomach carcinoma, colon carcinoma, prostatic carcinoma, genitourinary carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, esophageal carcinoma, myeloma, multiple myeloma, adrenal carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, adrenal cortex carcinoma, malignant pancreatic insulinoma, malignant carcinoid carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, mycosis fungoides, malignant hypercalcemia, cervical hyperp
  • the cancer cells being treated are metastatic.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention provide methods for administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention and at least one additional therapeutic agent (including, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic antineoplastics, apoptosis-modulating agents, antimicrobials, antifungals, and anti-inflammatory agents) and/or therapeutic technique (e.g ., surgical intervention, and/or radiotherapies).
  • additional therapeutic agent including, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic antineoplastics, apoptosis-modulating agents, antimicrobials, antifungals, and anti-inflammatory agents
  • therapeutic technique e.g ., surgical intervention, and/or radiotherapies.
  • the additional therapeutic agent(s) is an anticancer agent.
  • suitable anticancer agents are contemplated for use in the methods of the present invention. Indeed, the present invention contemplates, but is not limited to, administration of numerous anticancer agents such as: agents that induce apoptosis; polynucleotides (e.g., anti- sense, ribozymes, siRNA); polypeptides (e.g, enzymes and antibodies); biological mimetics; alkaloids; alkylating agents; antitumor antibiotics; antimetabolites; hormones; platinum compounds; monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies (e.g, antibodies conjugated with anticancer drugs, toxins, defensins), toxins; radionuclides; biological response modifiers (e.g, interferons (e.g, IFN-a) and interleukins (e.g, IL-2)); adoptive immunotherapy agents; hematopoietic growth factors; agents that induce tumor cell differentiation (e.
  • anticancer agents comprise agents that induce or stimulate apoptosis.
  • Agents that induce apoptosis include, but are not limited to, radiation (e.g, X-rays, gamma rays, UV); tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-related factors (e.g, TNF family receptor proteins, TNF family ligands, TRAIL, antibodies to TRAIL-R1 or TRAIL-R2); kinase inhibitors (e.g., epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) kinase inhibitor, vascular growth factor receptor (VGFR) kinase inhibitor, fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) kinase inhibitor, platelet- derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) kinase inhibitor, and Bcr-Abl kinase inhibitors (such as GLEEVEC)); antisense molecules; antibodies (e.g, HERCEPTIN, RITUXAN, ZEVALIN, and AVASTIN); anti-ester
  • COX-2 cyclooxygenase 2
  • COX-2 inhibitors e.g, celecoxib, meloxicam, NS-398, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
  • anti-inflammatory drugs e.g, butazolidin, DECADRON, DELTASONE, dexamethasone, dexamethasone intensol, DEXONE, HEXADROL,
  • PEDIAPRED phenylbutazone, PLAQUENIL, prednisolone, prednisone, PRELONE, and TANDEARIL
  • cancer chemotherapeutic drugs e.g, irinotecan (CAMPTOSAR), CPT-11, fludarabine (FLUDARA), dacarbazine (DTIC), dexamethasone, mitoxantrone, MYLOTARG, VP- 16, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, 5-FU, doxorubicin, gemcitabine, bortezomib, gefitinib, bevacizumab, TAXOTERE or TAXOL); cellular signaling molecules; ceramides and cytokines; staurosporine, and the like.
  • compositions and methods of the present invention provide a compound of the invention and at least one anti-hyperproliferative or antineoplastic agent selected from alkylating agents, antimetabolites, and natural products (e.g, herbs and other plant and/or animal derived compounds).
  • at least one anti-hyperproliferative or antineoplastic agent selected from alkylating agents, antimetabolites, and natural products (e.g, herbs and other plant and/or animal derived compounds).
  • Alkylating agents suitable for use in the present compositions and methods include, but are not limited to: 1) nitrogen mustards (e.g, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan (L-sarcolysin); and chlorambucil); 2) ethylenimines and methylmelamines (e.g, hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa); 3) alkyl sulfonates (e.g, busulfan); 4) nitrosoureas (e.g, carmustine (BCNU); lomustine (CCNU); semustine (methyl-CCNU); and streptozocin
  • nitrogen mustards e.g, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan (L-sarcolysin); and chlorambucil
  • 2) ethylenimines and methylmelamines e.g, hexamethylmel
  • streptozotocin streptozotocin
  • DTIC dacarbazine
  • antimetabolites suitable for use in the present compositions and methods include, but are not limited to: 1) folic acid analogs (e.g, methotrexate (amethopterin)); 2) pyrimidine analogs (e.g., fluorouracil (5-fluorouracil; 5-FU), floxuridine (fluorode-oxyuridine; FudR), and cytarabine (cytosine arabinoside)); and 3) purine analogs (e.g, mercaptopurine (6- mercaptopurine; 6-MP), thioguanine (6-thioguanine; TG), and pentostatin (T - deoxycoformycin)).
  • folic acid analogs e.g, methotrexate (amethopterin)
  • pyrimidine analogs e.g., fluorouracil (5-fluorouracil; 5-FU), floxuridine (fluorode-oxyuridine; FudR), and cytarabine (
  • chemotherapeutic agents suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to: 1) vinca alkaloids (e.g ., vinblastine (VLB), vincristine); 2) epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., etoposide and teniposide); 3) antibiotics (e.g, dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin (daunomycin; rubidomycin), doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin), and mitomycin (mitomycin C)); 4) enzymes (e.g, L-asparaginase); 5) biological response modifiers (e.g, interferon-alfa); 6) platinum coordinating complexes (e.g, cisplatin (cis-DDP) and carboplatin); 7) anthracenediones (e.g, mitoxantrone); 8) substituted ure
  • any oncolytic agent that is routinely used in a cancer therapy context finds use in the compositions and methods of the present invention.
  • the U.S. Food and Drug Administration maintains a formulary of oncolytic agents approved for use in the United States. International counterpart agencies to the U.S.F.D.A. maintain similar formularies.
  • Table IV provides a list of exemplary antineoplastic agents approved for use in the U.S. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the“product labels” required on all U.S. approved chemotherapeutics describe approved indications, dosing information, toxicity data, and the like, for the exemplary agents.
  • Anticancer agents further include compounds which have been identified to have anticancer activity. Examples include, but are not limited to, 3-AP, 12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol- 13 -acetate, 17AAG, 852A, ABI-007, ABR-217620, ABT-751, ADI-PEG 20, AE-941, AG- 013736, AGRO100, alanosine, AMG 706, antibody G250, antineoplastons, AP23573, apaziquone, APC8015, atiprimod, ATN-161, atrasenten, azacitidine, BB-10901, BCX-1777, bevacizumab, BG00001, bicalutamide, BMS 247550, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, buserelin, calcitriol, CCI-779, CDB-2914, cefixime, cetuximab, CG0070, cilengitide, clofarabine, combret
  • the present invention provides methods for administering a compound of the invention with radiation therapy.
  • the invention is not limited by the types, amounts, or delivery and administration systems used to deliver the therapeutic dose of radiation to an animal.
  • the animal may receive photon radiotherapy, particle beam radiation therapy, other types of radiotherapies, and combinations thereof.
  • the radiation is delivered to the animal using a linear accelerator.
  • the radiation is delivered using a gamma knife.
  • the source of radiation can be external or internal to the animal.
  • External radiation therapy is most common and involves directing a beam of high-energy radiation to a tumor site through the skin using, for instance, a linear accelerator. While the beam of radiation is localized to the tumor site, it is nearly impossible to avoid exposure of normal, healthy tissue. However, external radiation is usually well tolerated by animals.
  • Internal radiation therapy involves implanting a radiation-emitting source, such as beads, wires, pellets, capsules, particles, and the like, inside the body at or near the tumor site including the use of delivery systems that specifically target cancer cells ( e.g ., using particles attached to cancer cell binding ligands). Such implants can be removed following treatment, or left in the body inactive.
  • Types of internal radiation therapy include, but are not limited to, brachytherapy, interstitial irradiation, intracavity irradiation, radioimmunotherapy, and the like.
  • the animal may optionally receive radiosensitizers (e.g., metronidazole, misonidazole, intra-arterial Budr, intravenous iododeoxyuridine (IudR), nitroimidazole, 5-substituted-4- nitroimidazoles, 2H-isoindolediones, [[(2-bromoethyl)-amino]methyl]-nitro-lH-imidazole-l- ethanol, nitroaniline derivatives, DNA-affinic hypoxia selective cytotoxins, halogenated DNA ligand, 1,2,4 benzotriazine oxides, 2-nitroimidazole derivatives, fluorine-containing nitroazole derivatives, benzamide, nicotinamide, acridine-intercalator, 5-thiotretrazole derivative, 3-nitro- 1,2, 4-triazole, 4,5-dinitroimidazole derivative, hydroxylated texaphrins,
  • Radiotherapy any type of radiation can be administered to an animal, so long as the dose of radiation is tolerated by the animal without unacceptable negative side-effects.
  • Suitable types of radiotherapy include, for example, ionizing (electromagnetic) radiotherapy (e.g, X-rays or gamma rays) or particle beam radiation therapy (e.g, high linear energy radiation).
  • Ionizing radiation is defined as radiation comprising particles or photons that have sufficient energy to produce ionization, i.e., gain or loss of electrons (as described in, for example, U.S. 5,770,581 incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the effects of radiation can be at least partially controlled by the clinician.
  • the dose of radiation is fractionated for maximal target cell exposure and reduced toxicity.
  • the total dose of radiation administered to an animal is about .01 Gray (Gy) to about 100 Gy.
  • about 10 Gy to about 65 Gy e.g., about 15 Gy, 20 Gy, 25 Gy, 30 Gy, 35 Gy, 40 Gy, 45 Gy, 50 Gy, 55 Gy, or 60 Gy
  • a complete dose of radiation can be administered over the course of one day
  • the total dose is ideally fractionated and administered over several days.
  • radiotherapy is administered over the course of at least about 3 days, e.g ., at least 5, 7, 10, 14, 17, 21, 25, 28, 32, 35, 38, 42, 46, 52, or 56 days (about 1-8 weeks).
  • a daily dose of radiation will comprise approximately 1-5 Gy (e.g, about 1 Gy, 1.5 Gy, 1.8 Gy, 2 Gy, 2.5 Gy, 2.8 Gy, 3 Gy, 3.2 Gy, 3.5 Gy, 3.8 Gy, 4 Gy, 4.2 Gy, or 4.5 Gy), or 1-2 Gy (e.g, 1.5-2 Gy).
  • the daily dose of radiation should be sufficient to induce destruction of the targeted cells.
  • radiation is not administered every day, thereby allowing the animal to rest and the effects of the therapy to be realized.
  • radiation desirably is administered on 5 consecutive days, and not administered on 2 days, for each week of treatment, thereby allowing 2 days of rest per week.
  • radiation can be administered 1 day/week, 2 days/week, 3 days/week, 4 days/week, 5 days/week, 6 days/week, or all 7 days/week, depending on the animal’s responsiveness and any potential side effects.
  • Radiation therapy can be initiated at any time in the therapeutic period. In one embodiment, radiation is initiated in week 1 or week 2, and is administered for the remaining duration of the therapeutic period. For example, radiation is administered in weeks 1-6 or in weeks 2-6 of a therapeutic period comprising 6 weeks for treating, for instance, a solid tumor. Alternatively, radiation is administered in weeks 1-5 or weeks 2-5 of a therapeutic period comprising 5 weeks.
  • These exemplary radiotherapy administration schedules are not intended, however, to limit the present invention.
  • Antimicrobial therapeutic agents may also be used as therapeutic agents in the present invention. Any agent that can kill, inhibit, or otherwise attenuate the function of microbial organisms may be used, as well as any agent contemplated to have such activities. Antimicrobial agents include, but are not limited to, natural and synthetic antibiotics, antibodies, inhibitory proteins (e.g, defensins), antisense nucleic acids, membrane disruptive agents and the like, used alone or in combination. Indeed, any type of antibiotic may be used including, but not limited to, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, and the like.
  • a compound of the invention and one or more therapeutic agents or anticancer agents are administered to an animal under one or more of the following conditions: at different periodicities, at different durations, at different
  • the compound is administered prior to the therapeutic or anticancer agent, e.g, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, or 18 hours, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 days, or 1, 2, 3, or 4 weeks prior to the administration of the therapeutic or anticancer agent.
  • the compound is administered after the therapeutic or anticancer agent, e.g., 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, or 18 hours, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 days, or 1, 2, 3, or 4 weeks after the administration of the anticancer agent.
  • the compound and the therapeutic or anticancer agent are administered concurrently but on different schedules, e.g.
  • the compound is administered daily while the therapeutic or anticancer agent is administered once a week, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once every four weeks. In other embodiments, the compound is administered once a week while the therapeutic or anticancer agent is administered daily, once a week, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once every four weeks.
  • compositions within the scope of this invention include all compositions wherein the compounds of the present invention are contained in an amount which is effective to achieve its intended purpose. While individual needs vary, determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each component is within the skill of the art.
  • the compounds may be administered to mammals, e.g. humans, orally at a dose of 0.0025 to 50 mg/kg, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, per day of the body weight of the mammal being treated for disorders responsive to induction of apoptosis. In one embodiment, about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg is orally administered to treat, ameliorate, or prevent such disorders.
  • the dose is generally about one-half of the oral dose.
  • a suitable intramuscular dose would be about 0.0025 to about 25 mg/kg, or from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg.
  • the unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, for example, about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the compound.
  • the unit dose may be administered one or more times daily as one or more tablets or capsules each containing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg, conveniently about 0.25 to 50 mg of the compound or its solvates.
  • the compound may be present at a concentration of about 0.01 to 100 mg per gram of carrier. In a one embodiment, the compound is present at a concentration of about 0.07-1.0 mg/ml, for example, about 0.1-0.5 mg/ml, and in one embodiment, about 0.4 mg/ml.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered as part of a pharmaceutical preparation containing suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
  • the preparations particularly those preparations which can be administered orally or topically and which can be used for one type of administration, such as tablets, dragees, slow release lozenges and capsules, mouth rinses and mouth washes, gels, liquid suspensions, hair rinses, hair gels, shampoos and also preparations which can be administered rectally, such as suppositories, as well as suitable solutions for administration by intravenous infusion, injection, topically or orally, contain from about 0.01 to 99 percent, in one embodiment from about 0.25 to 75 percent of active compound(s), together with the excipient.
  • compositions of the invention may be administered to any patient which may experience the beneficial effects of the compounds of the invention.
  • mammals e.g ., humans, although the invention is not intended to be so limited.
  • Other patients include veterinary animals (cows, sheep, pigs, horses, dogs, cats and the like).
  • the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered by any means that achieve their intended purpose.
  • administration may be by parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, transdermal, buccal, intrathecal, intracranial, intranasal or topical routes.
  • administration may be by the oral route.
  • the dosage administered will be dependent upon the age, health, and weight of the recipient, kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment, and the nature of the effect desired.
  • compositions of the present invention are manufactured in a manner which is itself known, for example, by means of conventional mixing, granulating, dragee making, dissolving, or lyophilizing processes.
  • pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding the resulting mixture and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired or necessary, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as saccharides, for example lactose or sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, as well as binders such as starch paste, using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinyl pyrrolidone.
  • fillers such as saccharides, for example lactose or sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, as well as binders such as starch paste, using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose,
  • disintegrating agents may be added such as the above- mentioned starches and also carboxymethyl-starch, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Auxiliaries are, above all, flow-regulating agents and lubricants, for example, silica, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium stearate or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings which, if desired, are resistant to gastric juices.
  • concentrated saccharide solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • suitable cellulose preparations such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose phthalate, are used.
  • Dye stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings, for example, for identification or in order to characterize combinations of active compound doses.
  • Other pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active compounds in the form of granules which may be mixed with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds are in one embodiment dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, or liquid paraffin.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • Possible pharmaceutical preparations which can be used rectally include, for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of one or more of the active compounds with a suppository base.
  • Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, or paraffin hydrocarbons.
  • gelatin rectal capsules which consist of a combination of the active compounds with a base.
  • Possible base materials include, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols, or paraffin hydrocarbons.
  • Suitable formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, for example, water-soluble salts and alkaline solutions.
  • suspensions of the active compounds as appropriate oily injection suspensions may be administered.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, for example, sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, for example, ethyl oleate or triglycerides or polyethylene glycol-400.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension include, for example, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, and/or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain stabilizers.
  • the topical compositions of this invention are formulated in one embodiment as oils, creams, lotions, ointments and the like by choice of appropriate carriers.
  • Suitable carriers include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils, animal fats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than C12).
  • the carriers may be those in which the active ingredient is soluble.
  • Emulsifiers, stabilizers, humectants and antioxidants may also be included as well as agents imparting color or fragrance, if desired.
  • transdermal penetration enhancers can be employed in these topical formulations. Examples of such enhancers can be found in Ei.S. Pat. Nos. 3,989,816 and 4,444,762; each herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Ointments may be formulated by mixing a solution of the active ingredient in a vegetable oil such as almond oil with warm soft paraffin and allowing the mixture to cool.
  • a vegetable oil such as almond oil
  • a typical example of such an ointment is one which includes about 30% almond oil and about 70% white soft paraffin by weight.
  • Lotions may be conveniently prepared by dissolving the active ingredient, in a suitable high molecular weight alcohol such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol.
  • Example I Compounds with varying A, B, R 1 , R 2 R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and n variables can be prepared using the schemes shown below. Unless otherwise defined, the various variables have the definitions as described above for formula (I).
  • Substituted or unsubstituted amino quindolines can be synthesized starting from nitro substituted chloroquindoline as shown in Scheme I. These substituted or unsubstituted amino quindolines can be used to derive varying functionalities at R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 positions on quindoline structure as shown in schemes II and III. Amino group can be converted into amides or sulfonamides by reaction with corresponding carbonyl or sulfonyl chlorides
  • Bromo substituted quindolines can be used to synthesize aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substituted quindolines using Suzuki or Buchwald coupling methods as depicted in schemes IV and V.
  • the bromoquindoline compound can be subjected to the alkylation and then, the cyclization reaction with various amines to obtain bromo substituted core quindoline scaffold.
  • This bromo substituted scaffold can then be converted into heterocyclyl substituted quindoline compounds through Buchwald reaction.
  • the chloroquindoline compound can be alkylated using methods described earlier. These alkylated chloroquindoline can be cyclized using various heterocyclylalkyl amines as depicted in the Scheme VI.
  • Substituted or unsubstituted amino group at R 5 position can be synthesized using Boc- protected diamines as shown in scheme below.
  • q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • Aminoalkyl groups at R 5 position can be used to obtain different amino acid derivatives, amides, sulfonamides, ureas and carbamates as shown below.
  • q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • Het is heterocyclyl or heteroaryl; and q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6
  • Quinoline aromatic nitrogen can be alkylated with various alkyl, arylalkyl bromides or heterocyclylalkyl bromides as shown below.
  • Aik is an alkyl group.
  • 1 1-Chloroquindoline can synthesized by previously reported procedures. See, Takeuchi, et al. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1997, 45(12), 2096-2099; and Bierer, et al. J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 2754-2764.
  • the combined DCM layers were washed with water (4 x 100 mL), separated, dried over anhydrous MgSC>4, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product.
  • the crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5-8 % MeOH in DCM as an eluent to afford 150 mg (34 %) of compound as gummy oil. This gummy oil was treated with methanolic. HC1 (3N, 2-3 mL) to make the hydrochloride salt (6).
  • the hydrochloride salt was further purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax sb Cl 8, 250 x 22, 5 u, MeOH:H20:HCOOH, 40:60:0.25%) to yield pure product as yellow color solid.
  • Ligand is added to the oligomer probe at various concentrations spanning a 2-3 log range (high dose of 10 mM), allowed to incubate for 15 minutes in the dark and fluorescence is read on the BioTek Synergy HT spectrophotometer (Biotek, Winooski, VT). Drug autofluorescence is subtracted, data is normalized to oligomer only, and ED35S are calculated from data fit by a sigmoidal top-to- bottom nonlinear regression. ED35s ⁇ 10 mM are further analyzed by circular dichroism (CD).
  • CD circular dichroism
  • Non-labeled oligomers were prepared as described for FRET (Example VII). Ligands interacting with the c-Myc FRET oligomer are further examined for DNA secondary structure stabilization by CD (Sun et ah, 2005). Briefly, the CD absorption spectra at 262 nm (parallel G- quadruplex) with increasing temperatures (4 - 95 °C) is examined in the absence and presence of 1 equivalence of ligand. TM is calculated by GraphPad Prizm using a top-to-bottom nonlinear fit, and DTM are calculated for each ligands.
  • cells are seeded at 0.3 - 1.5 x 10 4 (colon) or 0.5 - 2.5 x 10 5 cells/well (lymphoma) in 96-well plates.
  • Cells representing the colon include the oncogenic HCT116 and the non-transformed CCD-841-CoN cell lines, while the lymphoma cell lines include the oncogenic RAJI (with a chromosome 8: 14 translocation maintaining the G-quadruplex forming region) and CA46 (with a chromosome 8: 14 translocation disrupting the G-quadruplex forming region) cell lines.
  • Both pairs of cell lines are used to determined a cytotoxicity ratio of CCD-84 l-CoN:HCTl 16 or CA46:RAJI.
  • Cells are incubated with ligands at concentrations spanning a 5 - 6-log range in half-log increments for 24 or 96 h.
  • plates are analyzed for growth inhibition and quantified with the MTS dye-based assay (Mossman, 1983). Experiments are performed with triplicate data sets.
  • IC50 concentrations are determined using nonlinear regression platforms in GraphPad Prizm software, and IC50 over time is converted into an Area Under the Curve (AUC) value. AUCs of 2500 and less are selected as sufficiently cytotoxic for further analysis.
  • 96 h ICsos are used to determine cell line ratios, and a ratio of >2 are chosen for further analysis.
  • Downregulation of c-Myc mRNA and protein in HCT116, RAJI and CA46 cell lines, induced by lead ligands, is examined using quantitative real-time RT-PCR and Western blotting of cell lysates, as a function of both time (1, 4, and 24 h) and ligand concentration (0.5-, 1-, and 1.5-fold 24 h ICso concentrations). Briefly, mRNA is isolated using the Qiashredder and RNeasy Mini kits (Qiagen), cDNA is synthesized and quantitative real-time PCR is run. Fold changes in mRNA are normalized to the housekeeping gene GAPDH, and to vehicle controls (DMSO).
  • Protein is isolated from cells lysed with RIPA buffer plus protease inhibitors (Roche), and concentrations are determined with the BCA Protein Assay (Pierce). 30 pg of protein are resolved on a 4 - 12% Bis-Tris gel, transferred to a PVDF membrane and analyzed for expression of c-Myc and Actin (antibodies from Cell Signaling).
  • ED35 is the concentration of ligand that decreases the relative fluorescence of a DNA FRET probe (1 mM) by 35% (identified as the threshold to minimize false negatives). ED35 values are reported in ranges: A: > 10 pM; B: ⁇ _10 pM.
  • This example provides specific compounds of the present invention suppress AR protein expression in androgen-dependent (LNCaP) and CRPC tumor cells (C2-4) after a 24h treatment at 10 mM (Fig. 1A) (Cell lysates from LNCaP and C4-2 cells treated with GSA compounds at a concentration of 10 mM for 24 hours were analyzed for expression of AR, NCL, and GAPDH by immunob!otting).
  • GSA0932 suppress AR expression in 22RV1 and VCaP tumor cells, after 24h of treatment reaching its maximal inhibitory activity at a concentration of 3 and 5 mM respectively (Fig.
  • GSA0932 also inhibits the expression of the clinically relevant ARv7 splice variant in 22RV1 (Fig. IB) and suppressed mRNA expression of the classical AR target gene, KLK3, also known as PSA (Fig. 1C) (Extracted RNA from indicated prostate cancer cell lines treated for 12 hours with DMSO or GSA0932 (10 mM (LNCaP and C4-2), 5 mM (VCaP), or 3 mM (22RV1 ) was analyzed for expression of KLK2 (AR target) by RT-qPCR.
  • GSA0932 increases the amount of NCL bound to the G4-element of the AR promoter in both LNCaP and C4-2 cells (Fig. IF) (Chip of NCL on AR G4 in the absence or presence of 10 mM GSA0932. Negative (IgG) control. Plotted as fold enrichment relative to IgG). Knocking down NCL expression alleviated the GSA0932 inhibitory activity against AR mRNA expression compared with control cells (Fig.
  • LNCaP cells were transfected with scrambled (Scr) or NCL siRN As and 72h post-transfection, cells were treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours. Extracted RNA was analyzed for AR expression by RT-qPCR).
  • GSA0932 has stronger cytotoxic activity against AR-positive tumor cells than non-AR expressing cells (Fig. 1H) (Indicated prostate cancer cell lines, or non-mahgnant prostate ceils (RPWE), treated with different concentrations of GSA0932 for 48h and cell viability measured by MTT).
  • Fig. 1H Indicated prostate cancer cell lines, or non-mahgnant prostate ceils (RPWE), treated with different concentrations of GSA0932 for 48h and cell viability measured by MTT.
  • Table V provides the ICso values for GSA0932.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry. In particular, the invention relates to a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as stabilizers of G-quadruplex (G4) formation, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of cancer (e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer), and other conditions mediated by G4 stabilization.

Description

QUINDOLINE COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims priority to and the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/798,293, filed January 29, 2019, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
This invention was made with government support under Grant No. P50 CA095060 awarded by National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry. In particular, the invention relates to a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as stabilizers of G-quadruplex (G4) formation, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of cancer (e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer), and other conditions mediated by G4 stabilization.
INTRODUCTION
G-quadruplexes are regarded as attractive molecular targets of anticancer therapy of the future (see, Neidle S. (2011), Therapeutic Applications of Quadruplex Nucleic Acids, Academic Press, 1st edition). Indeed, influencing the stability of DNA G-quadruplexes was identified as one of the regulatory mechanisms for key processes on cellular level.
Original compounds useful in influencing the stability of G-quadruplexes are thus of interest for the industry and many academic laboratories.
The present invention addresses this need.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
G-quadruplexes that form in the regulatory region of genes, including oncogenes, have recently emerged as promising targets for the development of anticancer drugs. It has been reported that the G-rich DNA sequences derived from the polypurine/polypyrimidine regions of the c-Myc, VEGF, HIF-la, Ret, Bcl-2, c-Kit, hTERT, PDGF-R , KDR, and KRAS promoters form three-tetrad G-quadruplex structures in vitro, while PDGF-A and c-Myb form different types of G-quadruplex structures. These polypurine/polypyrimidine motifs are located in the GC-rich regions of promoters and contain four or more runs of two or more contiguous guanines in the G-rich strand. The GC-rich region in the proximal region of these promoters is usually hypersensitive to nucleases and may form an altered structure with a single-stranded character, which is often a feature of transcriptionally active genes. Compelling data show that
intramolecular G-quadruplexes form within the promoter regions of some genes and play a critical role in transcriptional regulation (see, for example, Qin, Y. and Hurley, L.H., (2008) Biochemie, 90, 1149-1171). G-quadruplexes have been found in a wide range of organisms including eukaryotes, bacteria, fungi and viruses.
c-Myc, in particular, is an essential transcription factor that plays an important role in cell proliferation, differentiation, and maintenance of other cell-cycle functions. Under pathologic conditions, the expression level of c-Myc is highly elevated, contributing to the development of malignancy in the many human cancers, including colon, pancreatic, breast, small-cell lung, myeloid leukemia, lymphoma, osteosarcomas, and glioblastomas. Thus, considering its importance as a key oncogenic protein, attempts are currently being made to attenuate its expression as a novel therapy for cancer (see, Shachaf et al. (2008) Cancer Research, 68, 5132- 5142; Meyer and Penn (2008) Nature, 8, 976-989).
c-Myc has also been found to have applications in the cardiovascular area (see, Haider et al. (2008) J. Med. Chem., 51, 5641-5649). Specific to the development of obstructive vascular disease, c-Myc is quickly induced in vascular smooth muscle cells after arterial injury (see, De Feo et al. (2006) J. Cardiovasc. Med., 7, 61-67) and activated by proliferative signals, including a number of mediators of vascular endothelial cell biology, such as LDL (see, Hahn et al. (1991) Biochem. Biophys. Res Commun., 178, 1465-1471), thrombin (see, Weiss and Ives (1991) Biochem. Biophys. Res Commun., 181, 617-622), endothelin (see, Komuro et al. (1988) FEBS Lett., 238, 249-252), and angiotensin 11 (see, Naftilan et al. (1989) Hypertension, 13, 706-711.). Inhibition of c-Myc has been shown to inhibit smooth muscle cell proliferation in vitro and in several animal models (see, Kipshidze et al. (2005) Expert Opin. Biol. Then, 5, 79-89). Several studies suggest that c-Myc may be involved in the regulation of angiogenesis (see, von Randen et al. (2006) Neoplasia, 8, 702-707). c-Myc also regulates the downstream genes causing cell migration and adhesion, collagen formation, secretion of extracellular matrix, and cell proliferation (see, Shi et al. (1993) Circulation, 88, 1190-1195). When compared with healthy conditions, there is increased c-Myc expression in atherosclerotic plaques, after carotid injury, and in hypertensive rats (see, Mann et al. (1993) J. Vase. Surg., 18, 170-176.). Most importantly, inhibition of c-Myc by a mechanism involving targeting of the G-quadruplex has been shown to modulate the human endothelial cell cyclic strain response (see, Hurley, N. E. Journal of
Vascular Research, 2010, 47(1), 80-90).
Early work with known G-quadruplex-interactive agents (TMPy4, telomestatin, etc.) has helped validate the hypothesis that such an approach is viable in terms of controlling gene expression. However, these first-generation leads lacked the drug-like properties for them to be useful as therapeutic tools for cancer.
Experiments conducted during the course of developing embodiments for the present invention synthesized a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which can target DNA secondary structures, such as G-quadruplex structures. Such compounds were shown to be capable of differentially binding to a variety of different G-quadruplex structures. Through stabilization of such G-quadruplexes, the instant compounds can act to attenuate gene expression, and in particular, can be useful in treating or inhibiting diseases and conditions where the overexpression of genes has been implicated, such as, but not limited to, diseases associated with abnormal cell proliferation. Such experiments further demonstrated that such compounds having a quindoline (or similar) structure are effective in treating cancers wherein overexpression of c-Myc has been identified as a significant factor for pathogenesis, either directly or via secondary pathways. The instant compounds were also shown to be useful in applications for other conditions related to cell migration and adhesion, collagen formation, secretion of extracellular matrix and cardiovascular -related conditions, such as arterial injury, angiogenesis, atherosclerotic plaques.
As such, the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with c- Myc activity. Androgen receptor (AR) activity drives the development and progression of prostate cancer (PCa). Men who develop regionally advanced or metastatic prostate cancer often have long-term cancer control when treated with androgen-deprivation therapies (ADT), but their disease inevitably becomes resistant to ADT and progresses to castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC). ADT involves the use of potent competitive AR antagonists and androgen synthesis inhibitors. Resistance to these treatments often emerges through maintenance of AR signaling via ligand-independent activation mechanisms. As such, there is a need to identify the molecular mechanisms and drugs that interfere with AR expression to overcome this serious drug resistance to ADT.
Additional experiments identified nucleolin as a repressor of androgen receptor (AR) expression, through its ability to stabilize a G-quadruplex structure (G4) in the AR promoter.
Over expression of nucleolin in AR-expressing prostate cancer cell lines suppressed, while loss of nucleolin, increased AR mRNA and protein expression. It was found that nucleolin binds to the G4 region within the AR promoter. A dual reporter assay revealed that the G4 sequence in the AR promoter is required for nucleolin to suppress transcription. Moreover, commercially available compounds that stabilize G4 structures increase NCL association with the G4 in the AR promoter and decrease AR expression. Such compounds were shown to effectively reduce AR expression and induce cell death specifically in cells that express AR. These results indicate that nucleolin functions as a transcriptional repressor of the AR gene, and raises the important possibility that G4-stabilizing drugs can increase nucleolin transcriptional repressor activity to block AR expression. Such small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure were shown to effectively stabilize the G4 structure and thereby inhibit AR activity and expression.
As such, the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC).
Accordingly, the present invention contemplates that exposure of animals (e.g., humans) suffering from any type of condition characterized with activity related to unstable G-quadruplex structures to the compounds having a quindoline (or similar) structure will result in an effective treatment of such conditions outright and/or render such conditions more susceptible to additional therapies (e.g., the cell death-inducing activity of cancer therapeutic drugs or radiation therapies).
For example, in some embodiments, the inhibition of AR activity and/or expression occurs through, for example, stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression (e.g., within the AR promoter). The present invention contemplates that such AR antagonists satisfy an unmet need for the treatment of multiple cancer types, either when administered as monotherapy to induce cell growth inhibition, apoptosis and/or cell cycle arrest in cancer cells, or when administered in a temporal relationship with additional agent(s), such as other cell death-inducing or cell cycle disrupting cancer therapeutic drugs or radiation therapies (combination therapies), so as to render a greater proportion of the cancer cells or supportive cells susceptible to executing the apoptosis program compared to the corresponding proportion of cells in an animal treated only with the cancer therapeutic drug or radiation therapy alone. In certain embodiments of the invention, combination treatment of animals with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention and a course of an anticancer agent produces a greater tumor response and clinical benefit in such animals compared to those treated with the compound or anticancer drugs/radiation alone. Since the doses for all approved anticancer drugs and radiation treatments are known, the present invention contemplates the various combinations of them with the present compounds.
The quindoline (or similar) compounds of the present invention may exist as
stereoisomers including optical isomers. The invention includes all stereoisomers, both as pure individual stereoisomer preparations and enriched preparations of each, and both the racemic mixtures of such stereoisomers as well as the individual diastereomers and enantiomers that may be separated according to methods that are well known to those of skill in the art.
In a particular embodiment, compounds encompassed within Formula I are provided:
Figure imgf000006_0001
(Formula I), including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and/or prodrugs thereof. Formula I is not limited to a particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6.
In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6
independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to stabilize G- quadruplex structures.
In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression.
In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
In a particular embodiment, compounds encompassed within Formula II are provided:
Figure imgf000007_0001
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Formula II is not limited to a particular chemical structure. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of stabilizing G-quadruplex structures.
In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G- quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds shown in Table I.
The invention further provides processes for preparing any of the compounds of the present invention through following at least a portion of the techniques recited in the
experimental section.
The compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment, amelioration, or prevention of any type of condition characterized with activity related to unstable G-quadruplex structures disorders (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC) (e.g., cancer related to c-Myc activity)).
The compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment, amelioration, or prevention of disorders, such as those responsive to induction of apoptotic cell death, e.g., disorders characterized by dysregulation of apoptosis, including hyperproliferative diseases such as cancer. In certain embodiments, the compounds can be used to treat, ameliorate, or prevent cancer that is characterized by resistance to cancer therapies (e.g., those cancer cells which are chemoresistant, radiation resistant, hormone resistant, and the like). In certain embodiments, the cancer is any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC)). In certain embodiments, the cancer is any type of cancer characterized with c-Myc activity and/or c-Myc expression.
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides kits comprising a compound of the invention and instructions for administering the compound to an animal. The kits may optionally contain other therapeutic agents (e.g., anticancer agents or apoptosis-modulating agents, e.g., therapeutic agents useful in treating any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC)).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 A-H: Specific compounds of the present invention suppress AR protein expression in androgen-dependent (LNCaP) and CRPC tumor cells (C2-4) after a 24h treatment at 10 mM (A) (Cell lysates from LNCaP and C4-2 cells treated with GSA compounds at a concentration of 10 mM for 24 hours were analyzed for expression of AR, NCL, and GAPDH by
immunoblotting). GSA0932 suppress AR expression in 22RV1 and VCaP tumor cells, after 24h of treatment reaching its maximal inhibitory activity at a concentration of 3 and 5 mM
respectively (B) (Cell lysates from indicated prostate cancer cell lines treated with increasing concentrations GSA0932 for 24 hours were analyzed for AR, NCL, and GAPDH by
immunoblotting). GSA0932 also inhibits the expression of the clinically relevant ARv7 splice variant in 22RV1 (B) and suppressed mRNA expression of the classical AR target gene, KLK3 , also known as PSA (C) (Extracted RNA from indicated prostate cancer cell lines treated for 12 hours with DMSO or GSA0932 (10 mM (LNCaP and C4-2), 5 mM (VCaP), or 3 mM (22RV1) was analyzed for expression of KLK2 (AR target) by RT-qPCR. Values are means ± s.e.m; p< 0.05 (*); n=3). GSA0932 also significantly decreased AR mRNA in LNCaP and C4-2 cells after 12 and 24 hours of treatment at 10 mM (D) (Extracted RN A from LCaP or C4-2 cells treated for 12 or 24 hours with DMSO. 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 was analyzed for AR expression by RT-qPCR. Values are means ± s.e.m; p< 0.05 (*); n=3). GSA1502 does not affect AR mRNA and protein expression (A and D), and was used as negative control
Quindoline-derived compound. To measure the dependency of GSA0932-mediated AR suppression on the AR G4-element, we generated a stable LNCaP cell lines expressing a dual reporter in which Gaussia luciferase is driven by either a wild type or a mutant AR promoter lacking the G4 element, and secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP) is driven by a constitutive promoter. GSA0932, but not GSA1502, significantly decreases luciferase activity of a wild type reporter (Fig. IE) (Relative luciferase in LNCaP cells stably expressing the A R G4 (Wild) or deleted G4 (AG4) reporter, treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours). However, GSA0932 had no effect on the G4-deleted AR reporter (Fig. IE). GSA0932, but not GSA1502, increases the amount of NCL bound to the G4-element of the AR promoter in both LNCaP and C4-2 cells (Fig. IF) (ChIP of NCL on AR G4 in the absence or presence of 10 mM GSA0932, Negative (IgG) control. Plotted as fold enrichment relative to IgG). Knocking down NCL expression alleviated the GSA0932 inhibitory activity against AR mRNA expression compared with control cells (Fig. 1G) (LNCaP cells were transfected with scrambled (Scr) or NCL siRNAs and 72h post-transfection, cells were treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours. Extracted RNA was analyzed for AR expression by RT-qPCR). GSA0932 has stronger cytotoxic activity against AR-positive tumor cells than non-AR expressing cells (H) (Indicated prostate cancer cell lines, or non-malignant prostate cells
(RPWE), treated with different concentrations of GSA0932 for 48h and cell viability measured by MTT).
DEFINITIONS
Terms used herein may be preceded and/or followed by a single dash,
Figure imgf000010_0001
or a double dash,“=“, to indicate the bond order of the bond between the named substituent and its parent moiety; a single dash indicates a single bond and a double dash indicates a double bond. In the absence of a single or double dash it is understood that a single bond is formed between the substituent and its parent moiety; further, substituents are intended to be read“left to right” unless a dash indicates otherwise. For example, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyloxy and -OC(0)Ci-C6alkyl indicate the same functionality; similarly arylalkyl and -alkylaryl indicate the same functionality.
The term“alkenyl” as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 2 to 10 carbons, unless otherwise specified, and containing at least one carbon- carbon double bond. Representative examples of alkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 2-methyl-l- heptenyl, 3-decenyl, and 3,7-dimethylocta-2,6-dienyl.
The term“alkyl” as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified. Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3- dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, and n-decyl. When an“alkyl” group is a linking group between two other moieties, then it may also be a straight or branched chain; examples include, but are not limited to -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CHC(CH3)-, -CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-.
The term“alkynyl” as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Representative examples of alkynyl include, but are not limited, to acetylenyl, 1-propynyl, 2- propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, and 1-butynyl. The term“aryl,” as used herein, means a phenyl (z.e., monocyclic aryl), a bicyclic ring system containing at least one phenyl ring or an aromatic bicyclic ring containing only carbon atoms in the aromatic bicyclic ring system or a multicyclic aryl ring system, provided that the bicyclic or multicyclic aryl ring system does not contain a heteroaryl ring when fully aromatic. The bicyclic aryl can be azulenyl, naphthyl, or a phenyl (base ring) fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a monocyclic heterocyclyl. The bicyclic aryl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring, or any carbon atom with the napthyl or azulenyl ring. Representative examples of the bicyclic aryls include, but are not limited to, azulenyl, naphthyl, dihydroinden-l-yl, dihydroinden-2-yl, dihydroinden-3-yl, dihydroinden-4-yl, 2,3-dihydroindol-4-yl, 2,3-dihydroindol-5-yl, 2,3- dihydroindol-6-yl, 2,3-dihydroindol-7-yl, inden-l-yl, inden-2-yl, inden-3-yl, inden-4-yl, dihydronaphthalen-2-yl, dihydronaphthalen-3-yl, dihydronaphthalen-4-yl, dihydronaphthalen-1- yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran- 4-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-yl, benzo[d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl, benzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxan-5-yl, and 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxan-6-yl. In certain embodiments, the bicyclic aryl is (i) naphthyl or (ii) a phenyl ring fused to either a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl. Multicyclic aryl groups are a phenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic
cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl, provided that when the base ring is fused to a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl, then the base ring is fused to the base ring of the a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl. The multicyclic aryl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, multicyclic aryl groups are a phenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other ring systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl, provided that when the base ring is fused to a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl, then the base ring is fused to the base ring of the a bicyclic cycloalkyl, bicyclic cycloalkenyl, or bicyclic heterocyclyl. Examples of multi cyclic aryl groups include but are not limited to anthracen-9-yl, phenanthren-9-yl, l,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydroanthracen-9-yl, 1, 2,3,4- tetrahydroanthracen-5-yl, and 2,3-dihydronaphtho[2,3-b][l,4]dioxin-7-yl.
The term“arylalkyl” and“-alkylaryl” as used herein, means an aryl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, and 2-naphth-2-ylethyl.
The term“aryl-aryl,” as used herein, means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an aryl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of aryl-aryl include, but are not limited to, biphenylyl.
The term“aryl-heteroaryl,” as used herein, means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a heteroaryl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of aryl -heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, 4-phenyl-pyridin-2-yl and 2-phenyl-imidazol-l-yl.
The term“aryl-heterocyclyl,” as used herein, means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of aryl-heterocyclyl include, but are not limited to, 4-phenyl-piperazin- 1-yl and 2-phenyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl.
The term“azido” as used herein means a -N3 group.
The terms“cyano” and“nitrile” as used herein, mean a -CN group.
The term“cycloalkyl” as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkyl ring system. Monocyclic ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups can be saturated {i.e., cycloalkanyl) or unsaturated {i.e., cycloalkenyl), but not aromatic. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
In certain embodiments, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups are fully saturated. Bicyclic cycloalkyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, and a monocyclic heteroaryl. The bicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, bicyclic cycloalkyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, and a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl. Multi cyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl. The multicyclic cycloalkyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, multicyclic cycloalkyl ring systems are a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl. Examples of multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to tetradecahydrophenanthrenyl, perhydrophenothiazin-l-yl, and perhydrophenoxazin-l-yl.
“Cycloalkenyl” as used herein refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic cycloalkenyl ring system. Monocyclic ring systems are cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, where such groups are unsaturated (i.e., containing at least one annular carbon-carbon double bond), but not aromatic. Examples of monocyclic ring systems include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. Bicyclic cycloalkenyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl. The bicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, bicyclic cycloalkenyl groups are a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to one ring selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, and a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl. Multi cyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl. The multicyclic cycloalkenyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within the base ring. IN certain embodiments, multicyclic cycloalkenyl rings contain a monocyclic cycloalkenyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a
monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl.
The term“halo” or“halogen” as used herein, means -Cl, -Br, -I or -F.
The term“heteroaryl,” as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or a multicyclic heteroaryl ring system. The monocyclic heteroaryl can be a 5 or 6 membered ring. The 5 membered ring consists of two double bonds and one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms and optionally one oxygen or sulfur atom. The 6 membered ring consists of three double bonds and one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms. The 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the heteroaryl. Representative examples of monocyclic heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl, and triazinyl. The bicyclic heteroaryl consists of a monocyclic heteroaryl ring (base ring) fused to a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a monocyclic heteroaryl. When the bicyclic heteroaryl contains a fused cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or heterocyclyl ring, then the bicyclic heteroaryl group is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring. When the bicyclic heteroaryl is a monocyclic heteroaryl fused to a phenyl ring or a monocyclic heteroaryl, then the bicyclic heteroaryl group is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom within the bicyclic ring system. Representative examples of bicyclic heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoxathiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, cinnolinyl, 5,6-dihydroquinolin-2-yl, 5,6- dihydroisoquinolin-l-yl, furopyridinyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinolinyl, purinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-2-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl, 5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinolin-4-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinolin-l-yl, and thienopyridinyl. In certain embodiments, the bicyclic heteroaryl is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring fused to a phenyl ring, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl. The multicyclic heteroaryl group is a monocyclic heteroaryl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic heterocyclyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic cycloalkyl; or (ii) two ring systems selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl. The multicyclic heteroaryl group is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, multicyclic heteroaryl groups are a monocyclic heteroaryl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic heterocyclyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic cycloalkyl; or (ii) two ring systems selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic heterocyclyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl. Examples of multicyclic heteroaryls include, but are not limited to 5H-[l,2,4]triazino[5,6- b]indol-5-yl, 2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-lH-carbazol-9-yl, 9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-9-yl, 9H-carbazol-9-yl, acridin-9-yl,
The term“heteroaryl alkyl” and“-alkylheteroaryl” as used herein, means a heteroaryl, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of heteroarylalkyl include, but are not limited to, fur-3 -ylmethyl, lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl, lH-imidazol-4-ylmethyl, l-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl, pyridin-3 -ylmethyl, pyridin-4-ylmethyl, pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl, 2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)propyl, thien-2-ylmethyl, and thien- 3 -ylmethyl.
The term“heteroaryl-aryl,” as used herein, means a heteroaryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an aryl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of heteroaryl-aryl include, but are not limited to, 4-pyri din-2 -ylphenyl and 2-(imidazol- l-yl)phenyl.
The term“aryl-heterocyclyl,” as used herein, means an aryl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of aryl-heterocyclyl include, but are not limited to, 4-phenyl-piperazin- 1-yl and 2-phenyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl.
The term“heterocyclyl” as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or multicyclic heterocycle. The monocyclic heterocycle is a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S where the ring is saturated or unsaturated, but not aromatic. The 3 or 4 membered ring contains 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The 5 membered ring can contain zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The 6 or 7 membered ring contains zero, one or two double bonds and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The monocyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle. Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl,
1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazolinyl, thiadiazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiopyranyl, and trithianyl. The bicyclic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle ring (base ring) fused to a phenyl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a monocyclic heterocycle, or a monocyclic heteroaryl.
The bicyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, bicyclic heterocycles are a monocyclic heterocycle ring (base ring) fused to a phenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic cycloalkenyl, a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocycle, or a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl. Representative examples of bicyclic heterocyclyls include, but are not limited to, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran- 3-yl, indolin-l-yl, indolin-2-yl, indolin-3-yl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothien-2-yl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydro-lH-indolyl, and octahydrobenzofuranyl. Multi cyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclyl. The multicyclic heterocyclyl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the base ring. In certain embodiments, multicyclic heterocyclyl ring systems are a monocyclic heterocyclyl ring (base ring) fused to either (i) one ring system selected from the group consisting of a bicyclic aryl, a bicyclic heteroaryl, a bicyclic cycloalkyl, a bicyclic cycloalkenyl, and a bicyclic heterocyclyl; or (ii) two other rings systems independently selected from the group consisting of a phenyl, a monocyclic heteroaryl, a monocyclic cycloalkyl, a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, and a monocyclic heterocyclyl. Examples of multicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to lOH-phenothiazin-10-yl, 9,10-dihydroacridin-9-yl, 9,10-dihydroacridin-10-yl, 10H- phenoxazin-10-yl, 10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenzo[b,f azepin-5-yl, l,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[4,3- g]isoquinolin-2-yl, 12H-benzo[b]phenoxazin-12-yl, and dodecahydro-lH-carbazol-9-yl.
The term“heterocyclyl-aryl,” as used herein, means a heterocyclyl group, as defined here, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an aryl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of heterocyclyl-aryl include, but are not limited to, 4-( piperazin-1- yl)phenyl and 3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)phenyl.
The term“nitro” as used herein, means a -NO2 group.
The term“nitroso” as used herein, means a -NO group.
The term“oxo” as used herein means a =0 group.
The term“saturated” as used herein means the referenced chemical structure does not contain any multiple carbon-carbon bonds. For example, a saturated cycloalkyl group as defined herein includes cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, and the like.
The term“thia” as used herein means a =S group.
The term“unsaturated” as used herein means the referenced chemical structure contains at least one multiple carbon-carbon bond, but is not aromatic. For example, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group as defined herein includes cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, and the like.
As used herein, the term“cell” is meant to refer to a cell that is in vitro , ex vivo, or in vivo. In some embodiments, an ex vivo cell can be part of a tissue sample excised from an organism such as a mammal. In some embodiments, an in vitro cell can be a cell in a cell culture. In some embodiments, an in vivo cell is a cell living in an organism such as a mammal.
As used herein, the term“contacting” refers to the bringing together of indicated moieties in an in vitro system or an in vivo system. For example,“contacting” a cell with a compound includes the administration of a compound described herein to an individual or patient, such as a human, as well as, introducing a compound into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation.
As used herein, the term“individual” or“patient,” used interchangeably, refers to any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
As used here, a subject“in need thereof’ refers to a subject that has the disorder or disease to be treated or is predisposed to developing the disease or disorder.
As used herein, the phrase“therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
(1) limiting development of the disease; for example, slowing or halting development of a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease;
(2) inhibiting the disease; for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder; and
(3) ameliorating the disease; for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as decreasing the severity of disease. As used here, the terms“treatment” and“treating” means (i) ameliorating the referenced disease state, for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing or improving the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as decreasing the severity of disease; or (ii) eliciting the referenced biological effect.
As used herein, the phrase“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to both
pharmaceutically acceptable acid and base addition salts and solvates. Such pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfmic, formic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, nitric, benzoic, citric, tartaric, maleic, hydroiodic, alkanoic such as acetic, HOOC-(CH2)n-COOH where n is 0-4, and the like. Non toxic pharmaceutical base addition salts include salts of bases such as sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, and the like. Those skilled in the art will recognize a wide variety of non toxic pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts.
As used herein, the phrase“pharmaceutically acceptable anion” refers to anionic groups which are tolerated in vivo, such as, but not limited to, halides (fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide), phosphate, sulfate, sulfmate, formate, fumarate, toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, nitrate, benzoate, citrate, tartarate, maleate, alkanoates such as acetate.
“Cell proliferative disorders” as used herein, means a condition in which a cell in a subject's body undergoes abnormal, uncontrolled proliferation. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, polycystic kidney disease, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease; cancers including but not limited to cancers of the colorectum, breast, lung (e.g., small cell lung), liver, pancreas, lymph node, colon, prostate, brain
(glioblastomas), head and neck, skin, liver, kidney, heart, bone (osteosarcomas), smooth muscle (e.g., leiomyosarcomas), and hematopoietic system (i.e., cancers involving
hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin such as those arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof); and pre-transformation proliferative disorders involving abnormal c-Myc expression, such as myelodisplastic syndrome (MDS).
The term“anticancer agent” as used herein, refer to any therapeutic agents (e.g., chemotherapeutic compounds and/or molecular therapeutic compounds), antisense therapies, radiation therapies, or surgical interventions, used in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases such as cancer (e.g, in mammals, e.g.., in humans). The term“prodrug” as used herein, refers to a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a parent“drug” molecule that requires biotransformation ( e.g ., either spontaneous or enzymatic) within the target physiological system to release, or to convert (e.g., enzymatically,
physiologically, mechanically, electromagnetically) the prodrug into the active drug. Prodrugs are designed to overcome problems associated with stability, water solubility, toxicity, lack of specificity, or limited bioavailability. Exemplary prodrugs comprise an active drug molecule itself and a chemical masking group (e.g, a group that reversibly suppresses the activity of the drug). Some prodrugs are variations or derivatives of compounds that have groups cleavable under metabolic conditions. Prodrugs can be readily prepared from the parent compounds using methods known in the art, such as those described in A Textbook of Drug Design and
Development, Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard (eds.), Gordon & Breach, 1991, particularly Chapter 5: "Design and Applications of Prodrugs"; Design of Prodrugs, H. Bundgaard (ed.), Elsevier, 1985; Prodrugs: Topical and Ocular Drug Delivery, K. B. Sloan (ed.), Marcel Dekker, 1998; Methods in Enzymology, K. Widder et al. (eds.), Vol. 42, Academic Press, 1985, particularly pp. 309-396; Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 5th Ed., M. Wolff (ed.), John Wiley & Sons, 1995, particularly Vol. 1 and pp. 172-178 and pp. 949-982; Pro-Drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, T. Higuchi and V. Stella (eds.), Am. Chem. Soc., 1975; and
Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, E. B. Roche (ed.), Elsevier, 1987.
Exemplary prodrugs become pharmaceutically active in vivo or in vitro when they undergo solvolysis under physiological conditions or undergo enzymatic degradation or other biochemical transformation (e.g, phosphorylation, hydrogenation, dehydrogenation,
glycosylation). Prodrugs often offer advantages of water solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism. (See e.g, Bundgard, Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier, Amsterdam (1985); and Silverman, The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, » . 352-401, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1992)). Common prodrugs include acid derivatives such as esters prepared by reaction of parent acids with a suitable alcohol (e.g, a lower alkanol) or esters prepared by reaction of parent alcohol with a suitable carboxylic acid, (e.g, an amino acid), amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with an amine, basic groups reacted to form an acylated base derivative (e.g, a lower alkylamide), or phosphorus-containing derivatives, e.g, phosphate, phosphonate, and phosphoramidate esters, including cyclic phosphate, phosphonate, and phosphoramidate (see, e.g., US Patent Application Publication No. US 2007/0249564 Al; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Experiments conducted during the course of developing embodiments for the present invention synthesized a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which can target DNA secondary structures, such as G-quadruplex structures. Such compounds were shown to be capable of differentially binding to a variety of different G-quadruplex structures. Through stabilization of such G-quadruplexes, the instant compounds can act to attenuate gene expression, and in particular, can be useful in treating or inhibiting diseases and conditions where the overexpression of genes has been implicated, such as, but not limited to, diseases associated with abnormal cell proliferation.
Such experiments further demonstrated that such compounds having a quindoline (or similar) structure are effective in treating cancers wherein overexpression of c-Myc has been identified as a significant factor for pathogenesis, either directly or via secondary pathways. The instant compounds were also shown to be useful in applications for other conditions related to cell migration and adhesion, collagen formation, secretion of extracellular matrix and cardiovascular -related conditions, such as arterial injury, angiogenesis, atherosclerotic plaques.
Additional experiments identified nucleolin as a repressor of androgen receptor (AR) expression, through its ability to stabilize a G-quadruplex structure (G4) in the AR promoter. Over expression of nucleolin in AR-expressing prostate cancer cell lines suppressed, while loss of nucleolin, increased AR mRNA and protein expression. It was found that nucleolin binds to the G4 region within the AR promoter. A dual reporter assay revealed that the G4 sequence in the AR promoter is required for nucleolin to suppress transcription. Moreover, commercially available compounds that stabilize G4 structures increase NCL association with the G4 in the AR promoter and decrease AR expression. Such compounds were shown to effectively reduce AR expression and induce cell death specifically in cells that express AR. These results indicate that nucleolin functions as a transcriptional repressor of the AR gene, and raises the important possibility that G4-stabilizing drugs can increase nucleolin transcriptional repressor activity to block AR expression. Such small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure were shown to effectively stabilize the G4 structure and thereby inhibit AR activity and expression. As such, the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with c- Myc activity.
As such, the present invention provides a new class of small-molecules having a quindoline (or similar) structure which function as inhibitors of AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression, and their use as therapeutics for the treatment of any type of condition or cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC).
In a particular embodiment, compounds encompassed within Formula I are provided:
Figure imgf000022_0001
(Formula I), including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and/or prodrugs thereof.
Formula I is not limited to a particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6.
In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6
independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to stabilize G- quadruplex structures.
In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression.
In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the particular chemical moiety for Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to inhibit AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
In some embodiments, Rl is hydrogen or methyl.
In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen,
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000023_0002
In some embodiments, R3 is hydrogen or methyl.
Figure imgf000023_0003
Figure imgf000024_0001
In some embodiments, R6 is selected from
Figure imgf000024_0002
Figure imgf000024_0003
Figure imgf000025_0001
In some embodiments, compounds shown in Table I are contemplated for Formula I.
Table I: Structures of Quindoline compounds
Figure imgf000025_0002
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000030_0002
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
In a particular embodiment, compounds encompassed within Formula II are provided:
Figure imgf000037_0002
Formula II is not limited to a particular chemical structure. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of stabilizing G-quadruplex structures. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by
Formula II is capable of inhibiting c-Myc activity and/or expression through stabilization of G- quadruplex structures related to c-Myc activity and/or expression.
In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of G-quadruplex structures related to AR activity and/or expression. In some embodiments, the compound encompassed by Formula II is capable of inhibiting AR activity and/or expression through stabilization of AR promoter related G-quadruplex structures.
In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
In some embodiments, A is -N= or -N+(RA)=, wherein RA is Ci-C6alkyl, wherein when A is -N+(Ra)=, then the compound further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
In some embodiments, the B ring and the D ring are each independently a fused phenyl ring or a 6-membered heteroaryl ring comprising one to four annular nitrogen atoms.
In some embodiments, R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-aryl, aryl -heteroaryl, aryl-heterocyclyl, heteroaryl-aryl, heterocyclyl-aryl,
C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or R10, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-aryl, aryl -heteroaryl, aryl-heterocyclyl, heteroaryl-aryl, heterocyclyl-aryl, cycloalkylalkyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10 groups,
or R1 and R2 are taken together to form a fused phenyl, monocyclic C3-C8cycloalkyl, monocyclic heterocyclyl, monocyclic aryl, or monocyclic heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10 groups;
or R3 and R4 are taken together to form a fused phenyl, monocyclic C3-C8cycloalkyl, monocyclic heterocyclyl, monocyclic aryl, or monocyclic heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10 groups.
In some embodiments, each R10 is independently R15, Ci-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkyl-R15. In some embodiments, each R15 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR, - SR, -NR2, -C(0)R, -C(0)OR, -C(0)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)S(0)2R, -OC(0)R, -OC(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)NR2, or -N(R)C(=NR)NR2.
In some embodiments, R5 is Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl (Ci- C6)alkyl.
In some embodiments, the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups which are each independently oxo, thia, -R50, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R50.
In some embodiments, the aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50 or -Ci-C6alkyl-R50.
In some embodiments, each R50 is independently halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, nitroso, -
Figure imgf000039_0001
-N(R)C(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)NR2, -N(R)C(=NR)NR2, Ci-Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
In some embodiments, each R is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- Cealkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups,
or two R groups attached to the same nitrogen atom taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
In some embodiments, each R11 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, -C(0)R12, -C(0)OR12, -C(0)N(R12)2, -S(0)2R12 -S(0)2N(R12)2, -N(R12)C(0)R12, -N(R12)S(0)2R12, -OC(0)R12, -OC(0)OR12, -N(R12)C(0)0R12, -N(R12)C(0)N(R12)2,
Figure imgf000039_0002
Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, or C2-C6alkynyl.
In some embodiments, each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl, or two R12 groups attached to the same nitrogen atom taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are each independently halo or Ci-Cealkyl.
In some embodiments, each RN is independently hydrogen or -C(0)C(H)(RAA)NH(RN2).
In some embodiments, each Rc is independently -OH or -N(RN2)C(H)(RAA)COOH.
In some embodiments, RN2 is (i) hydrogen or (ii) RN2 and RAA taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 4 - 8 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or two RA1 groups.
In some embodiments, each RAA is hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylCi- Cealkyl, or heteroarylCi-Cealkyl, wherein the alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 RA1 groups, wherein each RA1 is independently halo, cyano, -OR^, -SRA2, -N(RA2)2, -C(0)ORA2, -C(0)N(RA2)2, -N(RA2)C(=NRA2)N(RA2)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R^ is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl;
or RN and RAA taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 4 - 8 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or two RA1 groups.
The invention further comprises subgenera of compounds encompassed within Formula II in which the substituents are selected as any and all combinations of structural formula II, A, R1 - R4, and R5 as defined herein, including without limitation, the following:
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein, when present, each B is independently -N- or -C(H)-, and wherein when B is -C(H)-, then B can be optionally substituted with R1, R2, R3, or R4 when the ring in which each B is present is allowed to be substituted by R1 - R4 as defined in the preceding formulae. In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following groups (a) - (c):
(a) A is -N=.
(b) A is -N+(Ra)=, wherein RA is Ci-C6alkyl, and wherein the compound further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
(c) A is -N+(Ra)=, and the pharmaceutically acceptable anion is a halide.
In some embodiments, R '-R4 are selected from one of the following groups (d) - (ss):
(d) One of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is -OR16, -SR16, or -N(H)(R16), wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -C(0)R18, -C(0)OR18, -C(0)N(R18)2, -S(0)2R18, -S(0)2N(R18)2, -N(R18)C(0)R18, -N(R18)S(0)2R18, -OC(0)R18, -OC(0)OR18, -N(R18)C(0)0R18,
-N(R18)C(0)N(R18)2, or -N(R18)C(=NR18)N(R18)2, wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(e) R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; and R1 and R3 are each independently -OR16, -SR16, or -N(H)(R16), wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci- C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -C(0)R18,
-C(0)OR18, -C(0)N(R18)2, -S(0)2R18, -S(0)2N(R18)2, -N(R18)C(0)R18, -N(R18)S(0)2R18, -OC(0)R18, -OC(0)OR18, -N(R18)C(0)0R18, -N(R18)C(0)N(R18)2, or -N(R18)C(=NR18)N(R18)2, wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(f) R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; one of R1 and R3 is -OR16, -SR16, or -N(H)(R16), wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or
heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -C(0)R18, -C(0)OR18, - )R18,
Figure imgf000041_0001
2, wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl; and the other of R1 and R3 is hydrogen.
(g) Group (f), wherein R1 is hydrogen.
(h) Group (f), wherein R3 is hydrogen.
(i) R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; and R1 and R3 are each independently -N(H)R16, wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or
heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -C(0)R18, -C(0)OR18, - )R18,
Figure imgf000041_0002
2, wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl. (j) R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; one of R1 and R3 is -N(H)R16, wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -C(0)R18, -C(0)OR18, -C(0)N(R18)2, -S(0)2R18, -S(0)2N(R18)2,
C(0)OR18, -N(R18)C(0)0R18,
Figure imgf000042_0001
wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl; and the other of R1 and R3 is hydrogen.
(k) Group (j), wherein R1 is hydrogen.
(l) Group (j), wherein R3 is hydrogen.
(m) R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; and R1 and R3 are each independently -N(H)R16, wherein R16 is -Ci-C6alkyl-R17 or heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -N(R18)C(0)R18, -N(R18)S(0)2R18, -OC(0)R18, -OC(0)OR18, -N(R18)C(0)0R18,
-N(R18)C(0)N(R18)2, or -N(R18)C(=NR18)N(R18)2, wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(n) R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; one of R1 and R3 is -N(H)R16, wherein R16 is -Ci-C6alkyl- R17 or heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -N(R18)C(0)R18, -N(R18)S(0)2R18, -OC(0)R18, -OC(0)OR18, -N(R18)C(0)0R18, -N(R18)C(0)N(R18)2, or
-N(R18)C(=NR18)N(R18)2, wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl, and the other of R1 and R3 is hydrogen.
(o) Group (n), wherein R1 is hydrogen.
(p) Group (n), wherein R3 is hydrogen.
(q) One of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by a one group which is R20,
Ci-Cealkyl, or -Ci-Cealkyl-R20, wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, -N(R21)2, -C(0)R21, -C(0)OR21, -C(0)N(R21)2, -S(0)2R21, -S(0)2N(R21)2, -N(R21)C(0)R21, -N(R21)S(0)2R21, -OC(0)R21,
-OC(0)OR21, -N(R21)C(0)0R21, -N(R21)C(0)N(R21)2, or -N(R21)C(=NR21)N(R21)2, wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
(r) Group (q), wherein R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(s) Group (q), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(t) Group (q), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen.
(u) One of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by a one group which is R20, Ci-Cealkyl, or -Ci-Cealkyl-R20, wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, -N(R21)2, -C(0)R21, -C(0)OR21, -C(0)N(R21)2, -S(0)2R21, -S(0)2N(R21)2, wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci- Cealkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
(v) Group (u), wherein R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(w) Group (u), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(x) Group (u), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen.
R22
(y) At least one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is , wherein R22 is -C(0)R21, -C(0)0R21,
-C(0)N(R21)2, -S(0)2R21, -S(0)2N(R21)2, Ci-Cealkyl, or -Ci-Cealkyl-R20, wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, -N(R21)2, -C(0)R21, -C(0)OR21, -C(0)N(R21)2, -S(0)2R21, -S(0)2N(R21)2, and each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
(z) Group (y), wherein R1 and R3 are each independently
Figure imgf000043_0001
; and R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(aa) Group (y), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(bb) Group (y), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen.
R22 N
Figure imgf000043_0003
wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
(dd) Group (cc), wherein R1 and R3 are each independently
Figure imgf000043_0002
; and R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(ee) Group (cc), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(ff) Group (cc), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen. R22
(gg) At least one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is , wherein R22 is Ci-C6alkyl, or
-Ci-C6alkyl-R20, wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, or -N(R21)2, wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
(hh) Group (gg), wherein R1 and R3 are each independently
Figure imgf000044_0001
; and R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(ii) Group (gg), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(jj) Group (gg), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen.
(kk) At least one
Figure imgf000044_0002
, wherein R22 is -C(0)R21 or -S(0)2R21 each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups..
,R22
(11) Group (kk) , wherein R1 and R3 are each independently
Figure imgf000044_0003
; and R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(mm) Group (kk), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(nn) Group (kk), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen.
(oo) Any one of groups q-(nn), wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(pp) At least one
Figure imgf000044_0004
, wherein R22 is -C(0)R21 or -S(0)2R21, wherein R21 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
(qq) Group (pp), wherein R1 and R3 are each independently
Figure imgf000044_0005
; and R2 and R4 are hydrogen.
(rr) Group (pp), wherein R1, R2, and R4 are hydrogen.
(ss) Group (pp), wherein R2, R3, and R4 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, R5 is selected from one of the following groups (tt) - (zzz):
(tt) R5 is -Ci-Cealkyl-R50, wherein R50 is -OR, -SR, -NR2, -N(R)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc), -N(R)NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -N(R)S(0)2R, -OC(0)R, -OC(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)OR, -N(R)C(0)NR2, or -N(
(uu) R5 is -Ci-Cealkyl-R50, wherein R
Figure imgf000045_0001
-0C(0)0R53, -N(H)C(0)0R53, -N(H)C(0)N(H)R53, wherein R53 is Ci-Cealkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups.
(vv) R5 is -Ci-Cealkyl-R50, wherein R50 is -N(H)C(0)R53, -N(H)S(0)2R53, -0C(0)R53, -0C(0)0R53, -N(H)C(0)0R53, -N(H)C(0)N(H)R53, wherein R53 is Ci-Cealkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
(ww) Group (uu), wherein R53 is Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(xx) Group (uu), wherein R53 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(yy) Group (uu), wherein R53 is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl,
imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl,
thiomorpholinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolinyl, oxazolinyl, or thiazolinyl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
(zz) Group (uu), wherein R53 is pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, azepanyl, or diazepanyl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently halo, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-Cealkyl.
(aaa) R5 is heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups which are each independently oxo, thia, or -R50.
(bbb) R5 is heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3groups which are each independently oxo, thia, or -R50. (ccc)
Figure imgf000046_0001
wherein
a and d are each independently 0, 1, or 2;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
Q is -N- or -C(H)-;
Z is a bond, -0-, -S-, -C(O)-, or -N(R60)-, wherein
R60 is hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, aryl(Ci- C6)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci- C6)alkyl, -Ci-Cealkyl-OR, -Ci-Cealkyl-SR, -Ci-C6alkyl-N(R)2, -COR, -COMO,
Figure imgf000046_0002
each R57 and R58 are independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, -OR, -MO, -N(R)C(0)NR2, oxo, -COOH, -CONR2,
-C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), or -N(R)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc),
or when a is 0, then both R57 groups can be taken together with the carbon atoms to
which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or Cs- Cscycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups; or when d is 0, both R58 groups can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or C3-Cscycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups.
(ddd) Group (ccc) wherein Q is -N-.
(eee) Group (ccc), wherein Q is -N-; and a is 0.
(fff) Group (ccc), wherein Q is -N-; and a and d are each 0.
(ggg) Group (ccc), wherein Q is -N- and Z is a bond or -0-.
(hhh) Group (ccc) wherein Q is -N-; a is 0; and both R57 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or C3-C8cycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups; and each R58 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, -OR, -NR2, -N(R)C(0)NR2, oxo, -COOH, -CONR2, -C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), or -N(R)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc).
(iii) Group (hhh), wherein each R58 is independently hydrogen.
(jjj) Group (hhh), wherein both R57 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused phenyl, 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl, 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or a Cs-Cscycloalkyl, wherein the fused phenyl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups.
(kkk) Group (hhh), wherein d is 0 and both R58 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or C3-C8cycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups.
(Ill) Group (kkk), wherein both R57 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached and both R58 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached independently form a fused phenyl, 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl, 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or Cs-Cscycloalkyl, wherein the fused phenyl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups.
(mmm) Group (kkk), wherein both R57 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached and both R58 groups taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached independently form a fused phenyl, 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl, 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl, or Cs-CScycloalkyl, wherein the fused phenyl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R70 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R70 groups, wherein each R70 is independently halogen, Ci-C6alkyl, -OR65, -SR65, -N(R65)2, -C(0)R65, -C(0)0R65, -C(0)N(R65)2, -S(0)2R65, -S(0)2N(R65)2, -N(R65)C(0)R65, -N(R65)S(0)2R65, -0C(0)R65, -0C(0)0R65, -N(R)C(0)0R65, -N(R65)C(0)N(R65)2, wherein each R65 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl.
(000) R5 is -(CH2)I-6-R61, wherein R61 is a group which is
Figure imgf000048_0001
(ppp) R5 is -(CH2)I-6-R61, wherein R61 is a group which is
Figure imgf000048_0002
(rrr) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R56 is aryl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
(sss) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R56 is phenyl or a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50. (ttt) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R56 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
(uuu) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R56 is a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
(vvv) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2 or 3, and R56 is aryl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
(www) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2 or 3, and R56 is phenyl or a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
(xxx) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2 or 3, and R56 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
(yyy) R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2 or 3, and R56 is a mono or bicyclic heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
Figure imgf000049_0001
In some embodiments, compounds encompassed within Formula II are provided, wherein A is -N= or -N+(Ra)=, wherein RA is Ci-C6alkyl, wherein when A is -N+(RA)=, then the compound further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable anion;
the B ring and the D ring are each independently a fused phenyl ring;
R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, Cs-Cscycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or R10, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R10 groups, wherein each R10 is independently R15, Ci-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkyl-R15, wherein each R15 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -C(0)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)S(0)2R, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)NR2, or -N (R)C (=NR)NR2 ; and
R5 is Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl,
aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and
heterocyclylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each
independently oxo or -R50; and the arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently -R50 or -Ci-C6alkyl-R50,
wherein each R50 is independently halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2,
Figure imgf000050_0001
-N(R)C(0)NR2, -N(R)C(=NR)NR2, or Ci-Cealkyl,
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups,
wherein each R11 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, -C(0)R12, -C(0)OR12, -C(0)N(R12)2, -S(0)2R12 -S(0)2N(R12)2, -N(R12)C(0)R12, -N(R12)S(0)2R12, -OC(0)R12, -OC(0)OR12, -N(R12)C(0)0R12, -N(R12)C(0)N(R12)2,
Figure imgf000050_0002
wherein each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
The invention further comprises subgenera of embodiment (2) in which the substituents are selected as any and all combinations of structural formula (II), A, R1 - R4, and R5 as defined herein, including without limitation, the following:
Structural Formula II is one of formulae (la) - (Ih), and preferably is one of formulae (Id)
- (ih);
wherein A is selected from one of the following groups (aaaa) - (cccc):
(aaaa) A is -N=.
(bbbb) A is -N+(RA)=, wherein RA is Ci-C6alkyl, and wherein the compound further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
(cccc) A is -N+(Ra)=, and the pharmaceutically acceptable anion is a halide. wherein R'-R4 are selected from one of the following groups (d) - (ss), as defined above; wherein R5 is selected from one of the following groups (tt) - (zzz), as defined above.
In some embodiments, compounds shown in Table I are contemplated for Formulas I and II.
In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds shown in Table I.
An important aspect of the present invention is that compounds of the invention induce cell cycle arrest and/or apoptosis and also potentiate the induction of cell cycle arrest and/or apoptosis either alone or in response to additional apoptosis induction signals. Therefore, it is contemplated that these compounds sensitize cells to induction of cell cycle arrest and/or apoptosis, including cells that are resistant to such inducing stimuli. Indeed, the compounds of the present invention (e.g., quindoline (or similar) compounds) can be used to induce apoptosis in any disorder that can be treated, ameliorated, or prevented by the induction of apoptosis (e.g., cancers characterized with unstable G-quadruplex activity).
In some embodiments, the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat diseased cells, tissues, organs, or pathological conditions and/or disease states in an animal (e.g., a mammalian patient including, but not limited to, humans and veterinary animals). In this regard, various diseases and pathologies are amenable to treatment or prophylaxis using the present methods and compositions. A non-limiting exemplary list of these diseases and conditions includes, but is not limited to, any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression (e.g., cancer (e.g., CRPC), and any type of cancer characterized with c- Myc activity and/or expression. In some embodimetns, the condition is characterized with unstable G-quadruplex activity including but not limited to pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lymphoma, skin cancer, colon cancer, melanoma, malignant melanoma, ovarian cancer, brain cancer, primary brain carcinoma, head and neck cancer, glioma, glioblastoma, liver cancer, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, head or neck carcinoma, breast carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, lung carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical carcinoma, testicular carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, stomach carcinoma, colon carcinoma, prostatic carcinoma, genitourinary carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, esophageal carcinoma, myeloma, multiple myeloma, adrenal carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, adrenal cortex carcinoma, malignant pancreatic insulinoma, malignant carcinoid carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, mycosis fungoides, malignant hypercalcemia, cervical hyperplasia, leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia, acute granulocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia, neuroblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocytosis, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, soft- tissue sarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, primary macroglobulinemia, and retinoblastoma, and the like, T and B cell mediated autoimmune diseases; inflammatory diseases; infections;
hyperproliferative diseases; AIDS; degenerative conditions, vascular diseases, and the like. In some embodiments, the cancer cells being treated are metastatic.
Some embodiments of the present invention provide methods for administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention and at least one additional therapeutic agent (including, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic antineoplastics, apoptosis-modulating agents, antimicrobials, antifungals, and anti-inflammatory agents) and/or therapeutic technique ( e.g ., surgical intervention, and/or radiotherapies).
In a particular embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent(s) is an anticancer agent. A number of suitable anticancer agents are contemplated for use in the methods of the present invention. Indeed, the present invention contemplates, but is not limited to, administration of numerous anticancer agents such as: agents that induce apoptosis; polynucleotides (e.g., anti- sense, ribozymes, siRNA); polypeptides (e.g, enzymes and antibodies); biological mimetics; alkaloids; alkylating agents; antitumor antibiotics; antimetabolites; hormones; platinum compounds; monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies (e.g, antibodies conjugated with anticancer drugs, toxins, defensins), toxins; radionuclides; biological response modifiers (e.g, interferons (e.g, IFN-a) and interleukins (e.g, IL-2)); adoptive immunotherapy agents; hematopoietic growth factors; agents that induce tumor cell differentiation (e.g, all-trans-retinoic acid); gene therapy reagents (e.g, antisense therapy reagents and nucleotides); tumor vaccines; angiogenesis inhibitors; proteosome inhibitors: NF-KB modulators; anti-CDK compounds; HD AC inhibitors; and the like. Numerous other examples of chemotherapeutic compounds and anticancer therapies suitable for co-administration with the disclosed compounds are known to those skilled in the art.
In certain embodiments, anticancer agents comprise agents that induce or stimulate apoptosis. Agents that induce apoptosis include, but are not limited to, radiation (e.g, X-rays, gamma rays, UV); tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-related factors (e.g, TNF family receptor proteins, TNF family ligands, TRAIL, antibodies to TRAIL-R1 or TRAIL-R2); kinase inhibitors (e.g., epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) kinase inhibitor, vascular growth factor receptor (VGFR) kinase inhibitor, fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) kinase inhibitor, platelet- derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) kinase inhibitor, and Bcr-Abl kinase inhibitors (such as GLEEVEC)); antisense molecules; antibodies (e.g, HERCEPTIN, RITUXAN, ZEVALIN, and AVASTIN); anti-estrogens (e.g, raloxifene and tamoxifen); anti-androgens (e.g, flutamide, bicalutamide, finasteride, aminoglutethamide, ketoconazole, and corticosteroids);
cyclooxygenase 2 (COX-2) inhibitors (e.g, celecoxib, meloxicam, NS-398, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)); anti-inflammatory drugs (e.g, butazolidin, DECADRON, DELTASONE, dexamethasone, dexamethasone intensol, DEXONE, HEXADROL,
hydroxychloroquine, METICORTEN, ORADEXON, ORASONE, oxyphenbutazone,
PEDIAPRED, phenylbutazone, PLAQUENIL, prednisolone, prednisone, PRELONE, and TANDEARIL); and cancer chemotherapeutic drugs (e.g, irinotecan (CAMPTOSAR), CPT-11, fludarabine (FLUDARA), dacarbazine (DTIC), dexamethasone, mitoxantrone, MYLOTARG, VP- 16, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, 5-FU, doxorubicin, gemcitabine, bortezomib, gefitinib, bevacizumab, TAXOTERE or TAXOL); cellular signaling molecules; ceramides and cytokines; staurosporine, and the like.
In still other embodiments, the compositions and methods of the present invention provide a compound of the invention and at least one anti-hyperproliferative or antineoplastic agent selected from alkylating agents, antimetabolites, and natural products (e.g, herbs and other plant and/or animal derived compounds).
Alkylating agents suitable for use in the present compositions and methods include, but are not limited to: 1) nitrogen mustards (e.g, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan (L-sarcolysin); and chlorambucil); 2) ethylenimines and methylmelamines (e.g, hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa); 3) alkyl sulfonates (e.g, busulfan); 4) nitrosoureas (e.g, carmustine (BCNU); lomustine (CCNU); semustine (methyl-CCNU); and streptozocin
(streptozotocin)); and 5) triazenes (e.g, dacarbazine (DTIC; dimethyltriazenoimid- azolecarboxamide).
In some embodiments, antimetabolites suitable for use in the present compositions and methods include, but are not limited to: 1) folic acid analogs (e.g, methotrexate (amethopterin)); 2) pyrimidine analogs (e.g., fluorouracil (5-fluorouracil; 5-FU), floxuridine (fluorode-oxyuridine; FudR), and cytarabine (cytosine arabinoside)); and 3) purine analogs (e.g, mercaptopurine (6- mercaptopurine; 6-MP), thioguanine (6-thioguanine; TG), and pentostatin (T - deoxycoformycin)).
In still further embodiments, chemotherapeutic agents suitable for use in the compositions and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to: 1) vinca alkaloids ( e.g ., vinblastine (VLB), vincristine); 2) epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., etoposide and teniposide); 3) antibiotics (e.g, dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin (daunomycin; rubidomycin), doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin), and mitomycin (mitomycin C)); 4) enzymes (e.g, L-asparaginase); 5) biological response modifiers (e.g, interferon-alfa); 6) platinum coordinating complexes (e.g, cisplatin (cis-DDP) and carboplatin); 7) anthracenediones (e.g, mitoxantrone); 8) substituted ureas (e.g, hydroxyurea); 9) methylhydrazine derivatives (e.g, procarbazine (N-methylhydrazine; MIH)); 10) adrenocortical suppressants (e.g, mitotane (o,p’- DDD) and aminoglutethimide); 11) adrenocorticosteroids (e.g, prednisone); 12) progestins (e.g, hydroxyprogesterone caproate, medroxyprogesterone acetate, and megestrol acetate); 13) estrogens (e.g, di ethyl stilbestrol and ethinyl estradiol); 14) antiestrogens (e.g, tamoxifen); 15) androgens (e.g, testosterone propionate and fluoxymesterone); 16) antiandrogens (e.g, flutamide): and 17) gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs (e.g, leuprolide).
Any oncolytic agent that is routinely used in a cancer therapy context finds use in the compositions and methods of the present invention. For example, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration maintains a formulary of oncolytic agents approved for use in the United States. International counterpart agencies to the U.S.F.D.A. maintain similar formularies. Table IV provides a list of exemplary antineoplastic agents approved for use in the U.S. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the“product labels” required on all U.S. approved chemotherapeutics describe approved indications, dosing information, toxicity data, and the like, for the exemplary agents.
Table IV
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Anticancer agents further include compounds which have been identified to have anticancer activity. Examples include, but are not limited to, 3-AP, 12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol- 13 -acetate, 17AAG, 852A, ABI-007, ABR-217620, ABT-751, ADI-PEG 20, AE-941, AG- 013736, AGRO100, alanosine, AMG 706, antibody G250, antineoplastons, AP23573, apaziquone, APC8015, atiprimod, ATN-161, atrasenten, azacitidine, BB-10901, BCX-1777, bevacizumab, BG00001, bicalutamide, BMS 247550, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, buserelin, calcitriol, CCI-779, CDB-2914, cefixime, cetuximab, CG0070, cilengitide, clofarabine, combretastatin A4 phosphate, CP-675,206, CP-724,714, CpG 7909, curcumin, decitabine, DENSPM, doxercalciferol, E7070, E7389, ecteinascidin 743, efaproxiral, eflornithine, EKB-569, enzastaurin, erlotinib, exisulind, fenretinide, flavopiridol, fludarabine, flutamide, fotemustine, FR901228, G17DT, galiximab, gefitinib, genistein, glufosfamide, GTI-2040, histrelin, HKI-272, homoharringtonine, HSPPC-96, hul4.18-interleukin-2 fusion protein, HuMax-CD4, iloprost, imiquimod, infliximab, interleukin- 12, IPI-504, irofulven, ixabepilone, lapatinib, lenalidomide, lestaurtinib, leuprolide, LMB-9 immunotoxin, lonafarnib, luniliximab, mafosfamide, MB07133, MDX-010, MLN2704, monoclonal antibody 3F8, monoclonal antibody J591, motexafm, MS- 275, MVA-MUC1-IL2, nilutamide, nitrocamptothecin, nolatrexed dihydrochloride, nolvadex, NS-9, 06-benzylguanine, oblimersen sodium, ONYX-015, oregovomab, OSI-774, panitumumab, paraplatin, PD-0325901, pemetrexed, PHY906, pioglitazone, pirfenidone, pixantrone, PS-341, PSC 833, PXDIOI, pyrazoloacridine, R115777, RAD001, ranpirnase, rebeccamycin analogue, rhuAngiostatin protein, rhuMab 2C4, rosiglitazone, rubitecan, S-l, S-8184, satraplatin, SB-, 15992, SGN-0010, SGN-40, sorafenib, SR31747A, ST1571, SU011248, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid, suramin, talabostat, talampanel, tariquidar, temsirolimus, TGFa-PE38 immunotoxin, thalidomide, thymalfasin, tipifarnib, tirapazamine, TLK286, trabectedin, trimetrexate glucuronate, TroVax, UCN-1, valproic acid, vinflunine, VNP40101M, volociximab, vorinostat, VX-680, ZD 1839, ZD6474, zileuton, and zosuquidar trihydrochloride.
For a more detailed description of anticancer agents and other therapeutic agents, those skilled in the art are referred to any number of instructive manuals including, but not limited to, the Physician's Desk Reference and to Goodman and Gilman's "Pharmaceutical Basis of
Therapeutics" tenth edition, Eds. Hardman et al. , 2002.
The present invention provides methods for administering a compound of the invention with radiation therapy. The invention is not limited by the types, amounts, or delivery and administration systems used to deliver the therapeutic dose of radiation to an animal. For example, the animal may receive photon radiotherapy, particle beam radiation therapy, other types of radiotherapies, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the radiation is delivered to the animal using a linear accelerator. In still other embodiments, the radiation is delivered using a gamma knife.
The source of radiation can be external or internal to the animal. External radiation therapy is most common and involves directing a beam of high-energy radiation to a tumor site through the skin using, for instance, a linear accelerator. While the beam of radiation is localized to the tumor site, it is nearly impossible to avoid exposure of normal, healthy tissue. However, external radiation is usually well tolerated by animals. Internal radiation therapy involves implanting a radiation-emitting source, such as beads, wires, pellets, capsules, particles, and the like, inside the body at or near the tumor site including the use of delivery systems that specifically target cancer cells ( e.g ., using particles attached to cancer cell binding ligands). Such implants can be removed following treatment, or left in the body inactive. Types of internal radiation therapy include, but are not limited to, brachytherapy, interstitial irradiation, intracavity irradiation, radioimmunotherapy, and the like.
The animal may optionally receive radiosensitizers (e.g., metronidazole, misonidazole, intra-arterial Budr, intravenous iododeoxyuridine (IudR), nitroimidazole, 5-substituted-4- nitroimidazoles, 2H-isoindolediones, [[(2-bromoethyl)-amino]methyl]-nitro-lH-imidazole-l- ethanol, nitroaniline derivatives, DNA-affinic hypoxia selective cytotoxins, halogenated DNA ligand, 1,2,4 benzotriazine oxides, 2-nitroimidazole derivatives, fluorine-containing nitroazole derivatives, benzamide, nicotinamide, acridine-intercalator, 5-thiotretrazole derivative, 3-nitro- 1,2, 4-triazole, 4,5-dinitroimidazole derivative, hydroxylated texaphrins, cisplatin, mitomycin, tiripazamine, nitrosourea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, fluorouracil, bleomycin, vincristine, carboplatin, epirubicin, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, vindesine, etoposide, paclitaxel, heat (hyperthermia), and the like), radioprotectors (e.g, cysteamine, aminoalkyl dihydrogen phosphorothioates, amifostine (WR 2721), IL-1, IL-6, and the like). Radiosensitizers enhance the killing of tumor cells. Radioprotectors protect healthy tissue from the harmful effects of radiation.
Any type of radiation can be administered to an animal, so long as the dose of radiation is tolerated by the animal without unacceptable negative side-effects. Suitable types of radiotherapy include, for example, ionizing (electromagnetic) radiotherapy (e.g, X-rays or gamma rays) or particle beam radiation therapy (e.g, high linear energy radiation). Ionizing radiation is defined as radiation comprising particles or photons that have sufficient energy to produce ionization, i.e., gain or loss of electrons (as described in, for example, U.S. 5,770,581 incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The effects of radiation can be at least partially controlled by the clinician. In one embodiment, the dose of radiation is fractionated for maximal target cell exposure and reduced toxicity.
In one embodiment, the total dose of radiation administered to an animal is about .01 Gray (Gy) to about 100 Gy. In another embodiment, about 10 Gy to about 65 Gy (e.g., about 15 Gy, 20 Gy, 25 Gy, 30 Gy, 35 Gy, 40 Gy, 45 Gy, 50 Gy, 55 Gy, or 60 Gy) are administered over the course of treatment. While in some embodiments a complete dose of radiation can be administered over the course of one day, the total dose is ideally fractionated and administered over several days. Desirably, radiotherapy is administered over the course of at least about 3 days, e.g ., at least 5, 7, 10, 14, 17, 21, 25, 28, 32, 35, 38, 42, 46, 52, or 56 days (about 1-8 weeks). Accordingly, a daily dose of radiation will comprise approximately 1-5 Gy (e.g, about 1 Gy, 1.5 Gy, 1.8 Gy, 2 Gy, 2.5 Gy, 2.8 Gy, 3 Gy, 3.2 Gy, 3.5 Gy, 3.8 Gy, 4 Gy, 4.2 Gy, or 4.5 Gy), or 1-2 Gy (e.g, 1.5-2 Gy). The daily dose of radiation should be sufficient to induce destruction of the targeted cells. If stretched over a period, in one embodiment, radiation is not administered every day, thereby allowing the animal to rest and the effects of the therapy to be realized. For example, radiation desirably is administered on 5 consecutive days, and not administered on 2 days, for each week of treatment, thereby allowing 2 days of rest per week. However, radiation can be administered 1 day/week, 2 days/week, 3 days/week, 4 days/week, 5 days/week, 6 days/week, or all 7 days/week, depending on the animal’s responsiveness and any potential side effects. Radiation therapy can be initiated at any time in the therapeutic period. In one embodiment, radiation is initiated in week 1 or week 2, and is administered for the remaining duration of the therapeutic period. For example, radiation is administered in weeks 1-6 or in weeks 2-6 of a therapeutic period comprising 6 weeks for treating, for instance, a solid tumor. Alternatively, radiation is administered in weeks 1-5 or weeks 2-5 of a therapeutic period comprising 5 weeks. These exemplary radiotherapy administration schedules are not intended, however, to limit the present invention.
Antimicrobial therapeutic agents may also be used as therapeutic agents in the present invention. Any agent that can kill, inhibit, or otherwise attenuate the function of microbial organisms may be used, as well as any agent contemplated to have such activities. Antimicrobial agents include, but are not limited to, natural and synthetic antibiotics, antibodies, inhibitory proteins (e.g, defensins), antisense nucleic acids, membrane disruptive agents and the like, used alone or in combination. Indeed, any type of antibiotic may be used including, but not limited to, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, and the like.
In some embodiments of the present invention, a compound of the invention and one or more therapeutic agents or anticancer agents are administered to an animal under one or more of the following conditions: at different periodicities, at different durations, at different
concentrations, by different administration routes, etc. In some embodiments, the compound is administered prior to the therapeutic or anticancer agent, e.g, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, or 18 hours, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 days, or 1, 2, 3, or 4 weeks prior to the administration of the therapeutic or anticancer agent. In some embodiments, the compound is administered after the therapeutic or anticancer agent, e.g., 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, or 18 hours, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 days, or 1, 2, 3, or 4 weeks after the administration of the anticancer agent. In some embodiments, the compound and the therapeutic or anticancer agent are administered concurrently but on different schedules, e.g. , the compound is administered daily while the therapeutic or anticancer agent is administered once a week, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once every four weeks. In other embodiments, the compound is administered once a week while the therapeutic or anticancer agent is administered daily, once a week, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once every four weeks.
Compositions within the scope of this invention include all compositions wherein the compounds of the present invention are contained in an amount which is effective to achieve its intended purpose. While individual needs vary, determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each component is within the skill of the art. Typically, the compounds may be administered to mammals, e.g. humans, orally at a dose of 0.0025 to 50 mg/kg, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, per day of the body weight of the mammal being treated for disorders responsive to induction of apoptosis. In one embodiment, about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg is orally administered to treat, ameliorate, or prevent such disorders. For intramuscular injection, the dose is generally about one-half of the oral dose. For example, a suitable intramuscular dose would be about 0.0025 to about 25 mg/kg, or from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg.
The unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, for example, about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the compound. The unit dose may be administered one or more times daily as one or more tablets or capsules each containing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg, conveniently about 0.25 to 50 mg of the compound or its solvates.
In a topical formulation, the compound may be present at a concentration of about 0.01 to 100 mg per gram of carrier. In a one embodiment, the compound is present at a concentration of about 0.07-1.0 mg/ml, for example, about 0.1-0.5 mg/ml, and in one embodiment, about 0.4 mg/ml.
In addition to administering the compound as a raw chemical, the compounds of the invention may be administered as part of a pharmaceutical preparation containing suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. The preparations, particularly those preparations which can be administered orally or topically and which can be used for one type of administration, such as tablets, dragees, slow release lozenges and capsules, mouth rinses and mouth washes, gels, liquid suspensions, hair rinses, hair gels, shampoos and also preparations which can be administered rectally, such as suppositories, as well as suitable solutions for administration by intravenous infusion, injection, topically or orally, contain from about 0.01 to 99 percent, in one embodiment from about 0.25 to 75 percent of active compound(s), together with the excipient.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered to any patient which may experience the beneficial effects of the compounds of the invention. Foremost among such patients are mammals, e.g ., humans, although the invention is not intended to be so limited. Other patients include veterinary animals (cows, sheep, pigs, horses, dogs, cats and the like).
The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered by any means that achieve their intended purpose. For example, administration may be by parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, transdermal, buccal, intrathecal, intracranial, intranasal or topical routes. Alternatively, or concurrently, administration may be by the oral route. The dosage administered will be dependent upon the age, health, and weight of the recipient, kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment, and the nature of the effect desired.
The pharmaceutical preparations of the present invention are manufactured in a manner which is itself known, for example, by means of conventional mixing, granulating, dragee making, dissolving, or lyophilizing processes. Thus, pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding the resulting mixture and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired or necessary, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as saccharides, for example lactose or sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, as well as binders such as starch paste, using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinyl pyrrolidone. If desired, disintegrating agents may be added such as the above- mentioned starches and also carboxymethyl-starch, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Auxiliaries are, above all, flow-regulating agents and lubricants, for example, silica, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium stearate or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings which, if desired, are resistant to gastric juices. For this purpose, concentrated saccharide solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. In order to produce coatings resistant to gastric juices, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose phthalate, are used. Dye stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings, for example, for identification or in order to characterize combinations of active compound doses.
Other pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active compounds in the form of granules which may be mixed with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds are in one embodiment dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, or liquid paraffin. In addition, stabilizers may be added.
Possible pharmaceutical preparations which can be used rectally include, for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of one or more of the active compounds with a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, or paraffin hydrocarbons. In addition, it is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules which consist of a combination of the active compounds with a base. Possible base materials include, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols, or paraffin hydrocarbons.
Suitable formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, for example, water-soluble salts and alkaline solutions. In addition, suspensions of the active compounds as appropriate oily injection suspensions may be administered. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, for example, sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, for example, ethyl oleate or triglycerides or polyethylene glycol-400. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension include, for example, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, and/or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain stabilizers.
The topical compositions of this invention are formulated in one embodiment as oils, creams, lotions, ointments and the like by choice of appropriate carriers. Suitable carriers include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils, animal fats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than C12). The carriers may be those in which the active ingredient is soluble. Emulsifiers, stabilizers, humectants and antioxidants may also be included as well as agents imparting color or fragrance, if desired. Additionally, transdermal penetration enhancers can be employed in these topical formulations. Examples of such enhancers can be found in Ei.S. Pat. Nos. 3,989,816 and 4,444,762; each herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Ointments may be formulated by mixing a solution of the active ingredient in a vegetable oil such as almond oil with warm soft paraffin and allowing the mixture to cool. A typical example of such an ointment is one which includes about 30% almond oil and about 70% white soft paraffin by weight. Lotions may be conveniently prepared by dissolving the active ingredient, in a suitable high molecular weight alcohol such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol.
One of ordinary skill in the art will readily recognize that the foregoing represents merely a detailed description of certain preferred embodiments of the present invention. Various modifications and alterations of the compositions and methods described above can readily be achieved using expertise available in the art and are within the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are illustrative, but not limiting, of the compounds,
compositions, and methods of the present invention. Other suitable modifications and
adaptations of the variety of conditions and parameters normally encountered in clinical therapy and which are obvious to those skilled in the art are within the spirit and scope of the invention.
Example I. Compounds with varying A, B, R1 , R2 R3, R4, R5, and n variables can be prepared using the schemes shown below. Unless otherwise defined, the various variables have the definitions as described above for formula (I).
Substituted or unsubstituted amino quindolines can be synthesized starting from nitro substituted chloroquindoline as shown in Scheme I. These substituted or unsubstituted amino quindolines can be used to derive varying functionalities at R1, R2, R3 and R4 positions on quindoline structure as shown in schemes II and III. Amino group can be converted into amides or sulfonamides by reaction with corresponding carbonyl or sulfonyl chlorides
Scheme I
Figure imgf000074_0001
Ref. Johnston, T. et al., J. Med. Chem. 1971, 14, 600.
Scheme III
Figure imgf000075_0001
Ref. Miyazaki et al, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 1967.
Bromo substituted quindolines can be used to synthesize aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substituted quindolines using Suzuki or Buchwald coupling methods as depicted in schemes IV and V.
Scheme IV
Figure imgf000075_0002
wherein Ar = aryl
Ref. Le Sann et al., Tetrahedron 2007, 63, 12903.
As described earlier, the bromoquindoline compound can be subjected to the alkylation and then, the cyclization reaction with various amines to obtain bromo substituted core quindoline scaffold. This bromo substituted scaffold can then be converted into heterocyclyl substituted quindoline compounds through Buchwald reaction. Scheme V
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein Q = -0-, -CHR10, -NR10, -S-.
Ref.Xiang et al. , ./. Med .Chem. 2008, 57, 4068.
Compounds with varying R5 substituents can be prepared using the following methods as illustrated in schemes VI and VIII..
The chloroquindoline compound can be alkylated using methods described earlier. These alkylated chloroquindoline can be cyclized using various heterocyclylalkyl amines as depicted in the Scheme VI.
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000076_0002
wherein Q = -0-, -CHR10, -NR10, -S-; and q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
Substituted or unsubstituted amino group at R5 position can be synthesized using Boc- protected diamines as shown in scheme below.
Scheme VII
Figure imgf000077_0001
wherein q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
Aminoalkyl groups at R5 position can be used to obtain different amino acid derivatives, amides, sulfonamides, ureas and carbamates as shown below.
Scheme VIII
Figure imgf000077_0002
Various carboxy ester containing amines can be used to synthesize carboxyl group substitution at R5 position (scheme IX). These terminal carboxylate groups can be used to synthesize amino acid derivatives and amides as shown in schemes X - XII.
Scheme IX
Figure imgf000078_0001
wherein q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
Compounds with hydroxyl substitution at R5 position can be synthesized using amino alcohols.. The hydroxyl group can be converted to bromide or aldehyde group (using mild oxidation). Both bromo and aldehyde groups can be used to synthesize various substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl quindoline compounds as shown in schemes XII - XIV. Scheme XII
Figure imgf000079_0001
wherein Het is heterocyclyl or heteroaryl; and q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. Scheme XIV
Figure imgf000080_0002
Het
NaBHAc)3 " Het
Figure imgf000080_0001
wherein Het is heterocyclyl or heteroaryl; and q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6
Quinoline aromatic nitrogen can be alkylated with various alkyl, arylalkyl bromides or heterocyclylalkyl bromides as shown below.
Scheme XV
Figure imgf000080_0003
wherein Aik is an alkyl group.
Example II.
Figure imgf000081_0001
(i) Bromoacetyl bro mide, DMF / dioxane, 0 °C-RT ; (ii) DMF, 130 °C ; (iij) PPA, 120 °C; (iv) POCI3, Reflux
(v) NaH , DMF, 1 ,3-Dibromo propa ne or 1 -bromo-3-chloropropane, 0 °C-RT; (vi) Appropriate amines,
Nal (Table 1 ), neat condition, 100 °C;
For the following examples, 1 1-Chloroquindoline can synthesized by previously reported procedures. See, Takeuchi, et al. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1997, 45(12), 2096-2099; and Bierer, et al. J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 2754-2764.
Abbreviations used in the present invention
HOBt 1 -Hydroxybenzotriazole
DCM Diehl oromethane
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
MeOH Methanol
CHCh Chloroform
DME 1 ,2-dimethoxy ethane
EDC.HC1 A -Ethyl -Af'-(3 -di m ethyl am i nopropyl )carbodi i m i de hydrochloride
DIEA A', A-di i sopropy 1 ethyl am i ne
DMF A', A-di m ethyl form am i de
PPA Polyphosphoric acid POCb Phosphorus oxychloride
Nal Sodium iodide
Pd(ddpf)2Cb [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium (II)
Liq. Mb Liquor ammonia
NaO‘Bu Sodium /c/T-butoxide
MgS04 Magnesium sulfate
NaH Sodium hydride
TLC Thin layer chromatography
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
Boc /-Butyl oxy carb ony 1
Preparation of 10-(3-bromopropyl)-l l-chloro-10H-indolo[3,2-b]quinoline
Figure imgf000082_0001
To a solution of 1 l-chloro-10H-indolo[3,2-b]quinoline (2.5 g, 9.92 mmol) in dry DMF (20 mL) was added 60 % sodium hydride in mineral oil (750 mg, 39.6 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour and 1,3-dibromopropane (2.97 g, 14.88 mmol) was added drop wise to the reaction mixture at 0 °C. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then the reaction mixture was poured in to ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3x 100 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSCri and concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 2-4 % EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford 1.0 g (27 %) of 10-(3-bromopropyl)- l 1 -chi oro- /////- indolo[3,2-Z>]quinoline as yellow solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb ): d 8.54 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.43 (d, 7= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.33 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.77-7.66 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.61 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.40 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.95 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.58-2.49 (m, 2H). MS (ESI): m/z 373.2 (80%), 375.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 1
Figure imgf000083_0001
A stirred mixture of 10-(3-bromopropyl)-l l-chloro-7ft/7-indolo[3,2-/>]quinoline (900 mg, 2.4 mmol) in 4-(2-aminoethyl)morpholine (5 mL, excess) was heated at 100 °C for overnight. After completion of the reaction, as indicated by TLC (8% MeOH in CHCb), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3x 100 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with water (3x200 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgS04, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 2-3% MeOH in EtOAc as an eluent to afford 300 mg (36 %) of pure product (1) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.53 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.34 (d, J= 7.9 Hz,IH, ArH), 8.27 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.71-7.55 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.50 (t, J= 7.2 Hz,IH, ArH), 7.43 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.32 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.21 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.50 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.51-2.35 (m, 6H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): d 147.95, 146.32, 145.80, 139.44, 129.83, 129.73, 129.66, 127.03, 124.37, 124.30, 123.32, 123.21, 122.44, 120.45, 110.07, 67.29, 57.91, 54.52, 52.00, 51.10, 47.05, and 26.55. MS (ESI): m/z 387.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 3
Figure imgf000084_0001
This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound 1. N-(3- aminopropyl)morpholine (4.0 mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 3 in 41% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.53 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.32-8.23 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.70-7.58 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.54-7.40 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.33 (t, J = 7.35 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.23 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.60 (m, 6H), 3.43 (t, J= 7.65 Hz, 2H), 2.51- 2.32 (m, 8H), 2.10-1.94 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): d 147.89, 146.28, 145.88, 139.72, 129.84, 129.74, 129.66, 127.06, 124.37, 124.31, 123.33, 122.48, 120.49, 110.12, 67.34, 56.38, 54.13, 52.76, 50.45 47.14, 26.19, 26.12. MS (ESI): m/z 401.3 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of compound 2
Figure imgf000084_0002
(a) N-(2-aminoethyl)-4-piperidinol, Neat, 100 °C
This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound 1. N-(2-aminoethyl)- 4-piperidinol (1.0 mL, 6.9 mmol) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 2 in 30% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.54 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.40- 8.22 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.70-7.58 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.56-7.40 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.33 (t, J= 7.35 Hz, 1H,
ArH), 4.24 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.54 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.91-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.55-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.15 (m, 3H, -OH is merged), 1.91-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.42 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): d 147.81, 146.22, 145.84, 139.61, 129.85, 129.68, 129.59, 127.07, 124.34, 124.31, 123.21, 122.54, 120.48, 110.07, 67.81, 57.25, 52.47, 51.86, 51.16, 47.07, 34.64, 26.53. MS (ESI): m/z 401.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 8
Figure imgf000085_0001
bjquinoline
a) Neat, 100 °C; b) DCM, MeOH.HCI, 0 °C-RT; c) 4-Methyl-1 -piperazinecarbonylchloride.HCI, DIEA, DCM, 0 °C-RT.
Preparation of compound (i): A mixture of 10-(3-bromopropyl)-2,l l-dichloro-10H-indolo[3,2- bjquinoline (500 mg, 1.34 mmol) in of N-Bocethylenediamine (1.0 g, 6.7 mmol) was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC (40 % EtOAc in hexane). After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice cold water and extracted with CHCb (3x 100 mL). The combined CHCb layers were washed with water (4x200 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgSCri, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 20-25 % EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford 250 mg (44 %) of pure compound (i) as yellow color solid. 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.52 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.32-8.23(m, 2H, ArH), 7.71-7.60 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.58-7.43 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.34 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.72 (br s, 1H, NH), 4.24 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.45 (m, 4H), 2.51-2.39 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): m/z 417.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound (ii): To a stirred solution of compound (i) (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was added methanolic HC1 (3 mL) slowly at 0 °C. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude product was triturated with DCM (3x 10 mL) to get the product as yellow solid. The product was collected by filtration and washed with DCM (2x 10 mL) and dried under vacuum to yield 70 mg of pure compound (ii) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDsOD): d 8.50 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.36 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.20 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.99 (td, J= 0.9 &7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.93-7.71(m, 3H, ArH), 7.50 (td, J= 0.9 &7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.53 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.45 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.71-2.56 (m, 2H). MS (ESI): m/z 317.2 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of compound (8): To a stirred mixture of compound (ii) (70 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DCM was added DIEA (0.1 mL, 0.33 mmol) at 0 °C. Then the 4-methyl- 1 -piperazine carbonyl chloride hydrochloride (65 mg, 0.33 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the stirring was continued for overnight at room temperature. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC (10 % MeOH in DCM), the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was washed with water (50 mL) and then extracted with DCM (3x50 mL). The combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous MgSCri and finally concentrated under vacuum to give crude the product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 4-5% MeOH in DCM as an eluent to yield compound (8) as oil. This oil was solidified by treating with DCM/hexane and the solids were collected by filtration and washed with n-pentane (2x3 mL) to get 45 mg (46 %) of the pure compound (8) as yellow solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCh): d 8.54 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.22 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.70-7.58 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.56-7.43 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.35 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.43 (br s, 1H, NH), 4.21 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.95 (m, 4H), 2.53-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.02 (m, 4H). 13C MR (75 MHz, CDCh): 157.61, 146.41, 146.16, 139.17, 130.08, 129.69, 127.34, 124.48, 124.32, 123.43, 122.69, 122.55, 120.86, 110.49,
55.39, 54.68, 51.96, 47.19, 46.31, 43.69, 39.89, 28.25. MS (ESI): m/z 443.2 [100% (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 4
Figure imgf000086_0001
(a) 3-amino-1 -propanol, Neat, 100 °C This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound 1. 3-Amino-l- propanol (3.0 mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 4 in 54% yield as yellow color solid. ¾NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.53 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.30-8.21 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.68-7.58 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.54-7.40 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.33 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.20 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.44 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H),
2.45-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.00 (br.s, 1H, -OH). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): d 145.78, 140.11, 129.92, 129.489, 129.05, 127.23, 124.42, 124.28, 123.08, 122.88, 122.63, 120.54, 110.12, 60.97, 52.13, 50.33, 47.02, 31.86 25.92. MS (ESI): m/z 332.4 [100%, (M + H)+]
Preparation of compound 17
Figure imgf000087_0001
(a) N-(3-aminopropyl) morpholine , Neat, 100 °C
This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound 1. N-(3- aminopropyl)morpholine (4.0mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 17 in 41% yield as yellow color solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.21-8.15 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.61 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz ArH), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J= 2.4 & 9.0 Hz, ArH), 7.41 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.33 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.19 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.75- 3.58 (m, 6H), 3.36 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.32 (m, 8H), 2.08-1.92 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): d 148.34, 145.87, 144.676, 138.61, 131.36, 130.08, 130.03, 129.96, 127.72, 124.16, 123.28, 123.25, 122.37, 120.69, 110.17, 67.34, 56.49, 54.13, 52.76, 50.44, 47.12, 26.08, 26.05. MS (ESI): m/z 435.2 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of compound 10
Figure imgf000088_0001
a) Neat, 100 °C; b) DCM, MeOH.HCI, 0 °C-RT; c) 4- ethyl-1-piperazinecarbonylchloride.HCI,
DIEA, DCM, RT.
Preparation of compound (iii): A mixture of 11 -chi oro-10-(3 -chi oropropyl)-6, 8-dimethyl- 10H- indolo[3,2-b]quinoline ( 1.0 g, 3.04 mmol) and sodium iodide (452 mg, 3.04 mmol) in N- Bocpropylenediamine (3.6 g, 20.68 mmol) was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC (40 % EtOAc in hexane). After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured in to ice cold water and extracted with CHCb (3 x 100 mL). The combined CHCb layers were washed with water (4x200 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgSCri, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column
chromatography using 20-25 % EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford 700 mg (53 %) of pure compound (iii) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.53 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.28 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.19 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.70-7.58 (m, 2H, ArH),
7.55-7.40 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.33 (t, 7 = 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.70-4.60 (br.s, 1H, NH), 4.22 (t, 7 = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.75-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.36 (t, 7= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.10- 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): m/z 431 [100%, (M+H)+];
Preparation of compound (iv): To a stirred solution of compound (iii) (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added methanolic. HC1 (3 mL) slowly at 0 °C. After completion of the addition the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude product was triturated with DCM (3 x 10 mL) to get the product as yellow color solid. The product was collected by filtration, washed with DCM (2x20 mL) and dried under vacuum to yield 170 mg of pure compound (iv) as yellow solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDrOD): d 8.47 (d, 7= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.34 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.15 (d, 7 = 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.03-7.93 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.91-7.77 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.76-7.67 (m, 1H, ArH),
7.56-7.45 (m, 1H, ArH), 4.52 (t, 7= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.02 (t, 7= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.70-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.15 (m, 2H). MS (ESI): m/z 331 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound (10): To a stirred mixture of the compound (iv) (500 mg, 1.35 mmol) in DCM was added DIEA (0.6 mL, 3.28 mmol) at 0 °C. Then 4-methyl- 1 -piperazine carbonyl chloride hydrochloride (403 mg, 2.03 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the stirring was continued for overnight at room temperature. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC (15 % MeOH in CHCb), the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was washed with water (100 mL) and then extracted with DCM (3x50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (3x 100 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgSCb and finally concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 8-10% MeOH in DCM as an eluent to yield 250 mg (40%) of compound (10) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMK (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.50 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.24 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.16 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.67-7.57 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.50-7.38 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.31 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.63 (t, 1H, NH), 4.15(t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.38 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.18 (m, 6H), 2.45-2.28 (m, 6H), 2.27 (s,
3H), 2.08-1.92 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 157.99, 147.88, 146.23, 145.85, 139.49, 129.90, 129.58, 129.47, 127.07, 124.37, 124.31,123.24,123.00, 122.41, 120.54,110.22, 55.01, 52.68, 50.85, 47.16, 46.52, 43.96, 38.91, 29.73, 26.66. MS (ESI): m/z 457.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 9
Figure imgf000089_0001
(a) DIEA, Boc-trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline, EDC.HCI, HOBt, DCM, RT (b) DCM, MeOH.HCI, 0 °C-RT
Preparation of compound (v): To a stirred mixture of compound (ii) (200 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DCM was added DIEA (0.15 mL, 1.4 mmol) at 0 °C. Then the Boc-Zra ^-hydroxy-L-proline (196 mg, 0.85 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture then stirred for 10 min at the same temperature and HOBt (115 mg, 0.85 mmol) was added and stirred for 10 min at 0 °C. After this EDC.HC1 (162 mg, 0.85 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for overnight at room temperature. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC (10 % MeOH in DCM), the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was washed with water (50 mL) and then extracted with DCM (3x50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (3x 100 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgSCri and finally concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 4-5% MeOH in DCM as an eluent to yield 185 mg (61 %) of compound (v) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.90-8.70 (m, 1H, ArH), 8.60-8.30 (m, 1H, ArH), 8.09 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.80-7.55 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.54-7.35 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.34-7.25 (m, 1H, ArH),
7.0 (br.s, 1H, NH), 4.5-4.2 (m, 2H), 4.15-3.70 (6H), 3.69-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.70- 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.10 (m, 12 H). MS (ESI): m/z 530.5 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound (9): To a stirred solution of compound (v) (185 mg, 0.348 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added methanolic HC1 (3 mL) slowly at 0 °C. After completion of addition the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC (10 % MeOH in DCM), the solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude product was triturated with DCM (3x 10 mL) to obtain the product as yellow color solid. To this solid EtOAc (50 mL) and water (20 mL) were added and made alkaline with liq. Mb (~5-6 mL). The product was extracted with EtOAc (2x 20 mL), the combined EtOAc layers were dried over anhydrous MgS04 and finally concentrated under vacuum to give crude product. The crude was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 8 -10% MeOH in DCM as an eluent to yield 70 mg (46 %) of compound (9) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.50 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.24 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.19 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.78-7.68 (br.s, 1H, -NH), 7.67-7.57 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.52-7.40 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.32 (t, J =
7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.31-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.58 (m, 6H), 3.56-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, J= 12.6 Hz, 1H), 2.58-2.38 (m, 4H), 2.20 (d, J= 12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.16-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.65- 1.51 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 175.52, 147.84, 146.43, 146.00, 139.06, 130.02, 129.59, 129.54, 127.21, 124.35, 124.32, 123.27, 122.60, 122.43, 120.72, 110.34, 59.88, 55.41, 54.76, 51.46, 47.05, 39.93, 37.84, 27.83. MS (ESI): m/z 430.2 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of compound 11
Figure imgf000091_0001
a) DIEA, Boc-trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline, DCM, EDC.HCI, HOBt, RT; b) DCM, MeOH.HCI, liq. NH3
Preparation of compound (vi): This compound was synthesized using the similar procedure as described for compound (v) to yield compound (vi) in 66% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.52 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.25 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.16 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.70-7.55 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.56-7.35 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.32 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.0 (br.s, 1H, -NH), 4.50-4.10 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.20 (m, 6H), 2.60-2.25 (m, 4H), 2.15-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.35 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): m/z 544.5 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound (11): This compound was synthesized using the similar procedure as described for compound 9 to yield compound 11. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.53 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.26 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.18 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.75 (t, 1H, - CO-NH), 7.69-7.58 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.54-7.41 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.33 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.39- 4.30 (m, 1H, -NH), 4.22 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (t, J= 8.25 Hz, 1H), 3.76-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.38 (t, J= 7.65 Hz, 2H ), 3.35-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.91 (d, J= 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (dd, 7= 3.3 & 12.6 Hz, 1H), 2.50-2.21 (m, 5H), 2.20-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.70 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 174.93, 147.64, 145.91, 145.50, 139.00, 129.49, 129.33, 129.23, 126.61, 123.98, 123.86, 122.93, 122.83, 122.02, 120.15, 109.81, 73.02, 59.58, 55.19, 52.21, 50.31, 46.74, 39.79, 36.44, 28.93, 26.13. MS (ESI): m/z 444.4 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 5
Figure imgf000091_0002
a)1 -(3-aminopropyl)4-methylpiperazine, Nal, Neat, 100 °C. Preparation of compound (5): This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound (iii). l-(3-aminopropyl)-4-methylpiperazine (4.0mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 5 in 30% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.50 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.30-8.20 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.68-7.55 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.53- 7.38 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.31 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.20 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.62 (m, 2H),
3.36 (t, J= 7.95 Hz, 2H ), 2.65-2.30 (m, 12H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.90 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 148.11, 146.44, 145.89, 139.62, 129.83, 129.77, 126.96, 124.37, 123.50, 123.45, 122.39, 120.43, 110.11, 55.99, 55.49, 53.61, 52.75, 50.29, 47.12, 46.45, 26.48, 26.07. MS (ESI): m/z 414.5 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of compound 18
Figure imgf000092_0001
11 -chloro-10-(3-chloropropyl)- 6,8-dimethyl-10H-indolo[3,2-t>]quinoline
(a) N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine, Nal, Neat, 100 °C
Preparation of compound (18): This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound (iii). N-(3-Aminopropyl)morpholine (4.0mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 18 in 41% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.31-8.21(m, 2H, ArH), 7.68-7.55 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.52-7.42 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.07 (s, 1H, ArH), 6.92 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.18 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.62 (m, 6H), 3.38 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.52-2.31 (m, 8H), 2.09-1.95 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 149.98, 146.88, 146.45, 139.62, 138.36, 136.72, 130.29, 126.41, 124.10, 123.96, 123.66, 122.90, 119.37, 107.69, 67.38, 56.51, 54.18, 52.52, 50.07, 46.99, 26.05, 25.83, 22.78, 19.94. MS (ESI): m/z 429.2 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of compound 27
Figure imgf000093_0001
Preparation of ll-chloro-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-10//-indolo [3,2-6] quinoline: A mixture of 2- bromo-1 l-chloro-7ft/T-indolo[3,2-Z>]quinoline (200 mg, 0.60 mmol), 4-pyridineboronic acid (60 mg, 0.48 mmol), [l,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloro -palladium(II) (10 mol %), sodium carbonate (190 mg, 1.8 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxy ethane (9.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) was heated under argon atmosphere at 90 °C for 4 h. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC (40% EtOAc in hexane), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents were evaporated under vacuum. After addition of water (50 mL), the product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x30 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with water (2* 50 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgS04, and finally concentrated under vacuum to get crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10-20% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to afford 80 mg (40 %) of pure 1 l-chloro-2-(pyridin-4- yl)-7ft/T-indolo[3,2-Z>]quinoline as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de): d 11.98
(br.s, 1H,- NH), 8.80-8.70 (m, 2H, ArH), 8.61 (s, 1H, ArH), 8.45-8.32 (m, 2H, ArH), 8.17 (d, J
8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.00-7.88 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.78-7.60 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.36 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI): m/z 330.0 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of ll-chloro-10-(3-chloropropyl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-10H-indolo[3,2-b]quinoline:
To a stirred solution of 1 l-chloro-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-7ft/T-indolo[3,2-Z>]quinoline (600 mg, 1.82 mmol) in dry DMF (15 mL) was added sodium hydride, 60 % in mineral oil (174 mg, 7.28 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, then l-bromo-3-chloro- propane (572 mg, 3.64 mmol) was added slowly to the reaction mixture. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4-5 h. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC, the mixture was poured in to ice cold water, after which the product was precipitated as solid. The solids were collected by filtration and washed with water (3x 100 mL) and dried under vacuum to yield 600 mg (81 %) of 1 l-chloro-10-(3-chloropropyl)- 2-(pyridin-4-yl)-10H-indolo[3,2-b]quinoline as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.20-8.73 (m, 2H, ArH), 8.66 (d, 7 = 1.8 Hz,IH, ArH), 8.53 (d, 7 = 7.5 Hz,IH, ArH), 8.41 (d, 7 = 8.7 Hz,IH, ArH), 7.98 (dd, 7= 1.8 & 8.7 Hz,IH, ArH), 7.78-7.68 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.59 (d, 7 = 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.41 (t, 7 = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (t, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (t, 7 = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.51-2.35(m, 2H). MS (ESI): m/z 406.0 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound (27): A mixture of 1 l-chloro-10-(3-chloropropyl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)- 10H-indolo[3,2-b]quinoline (350 mg, 0.86 mmol) and sodium iodide (231 mg, 1.5 mmol) in excess of l-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine (3.0 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 7 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC (10 % MeOH in CHCb). After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice cold water and extracted with CHCb (3x 100 mL). The combined CHCb layers were washed with water (4x200 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgSCri, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 8-10 % MeOH in DCM as an eluent to afford 200 mg (48 %) of pure compound (27) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.78-8.69 (m, 2H, ArH), 8.57-8.49 (m, 2H, ArH), 8.36 (d, 7 = 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.92 (dd, 7= 2.1 & 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.76-7.68 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.64 (td, 7= 1.2 & 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.45 (d, 7= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.35 (t, 7= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.24 (t, 7= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.46 (t, 7= 7.65 Hz, 2H ), 2.52-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.27 (m, 6H), 2.1-1.95 (m, 2H). 13C MR (75 MHz, CDCb): 150.76, 149.00, 148.77, 146.52, 145.99, 139.88, 133.43, 130.81, 130.13, 129.91, 125.49, 123.38, 123.34, 123.25, 122.52, 122.11, 120.70, 110.20, 67.19, 56.60, 54.11, 53.31, 50.84, 47.22, 26.42, 26.39. MS (ESI): m/z 478.5 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 19
Figure imgf000094_0001
(a) N-(3-Aminopropyl)morpholine, Neat, 100 °C Preparation of compound (19): This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound (iii). N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine (4.0mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 19 in 72.8% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.47 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.35 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.11 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.67 (dd, 7= 2.1 & 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.61 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.40 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.32 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.18 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.75-3.58 (m, 6H), 3.35 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H ), 2.48-2.35 (m, 8H), 2.06-1.91 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 148.38, 145.88, 144.84, 138.51, 131.50, 130.16, 130.05, 129.78, 126.60, 124.66, 123.25, 122.39, 120.68, 118.19, 110.15, 67.35, 56.54, 54.12, 52.89, 50.48, 47.12, 26.11, 26.08. MS (ESI): m/z 481.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 28
Figure imgf000095_0001
(a) Morpholine, Pd(dppf)2Cl2, NaO*Bu, Neat, Microwave, 130 °C
Preparation of compound (28): A mixture of compound (19) (250 mg, 0.523 mmol), [1,T- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (38 mg, 10 mol%) sodium /c/T-butoxide (100 mg, 1.04 mmol) in morpholine (2 mL, excess) was reacted under microwave conditions at 130 °C for 30 min. After completion of the reaction as indicated by TLC (8 % MeOH in EtOAc), the reaction mixture poured into cold water and extracted with DCM (3x 50 mL). The combined DCM layers were washed with water (4 c 100 mL), separated and dried over anhydrous MgSCb, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 4-5 % MeOH in EtOAc as an eluent to afford 130 mg (51 %) of pure compound (28) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMK (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.46 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.18 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.58 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.50-7.39 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.31 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.20 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.08-3.90 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.62 (m, 6H ), 3.42-3.28 (m, 6H), 2.50-2.35 (m, 8H) 2.10-1.95 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 148.21, 146.28, 145.61, 142.41, 137.99, 130.81, 129.18, 124.34, 123.84, 121.95, 120.45, 120.23, 110.06, 106.06, 67.39, 67.32, 56.94, 54.23, 51.88, 50.44, 50.37, 47.07, 26.48, 26.00. MS (ESI): m/z 486.5 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound 35
Figure imgf000096_0001
(a) N-(3-Aminopropyl)morpholine, Pd(dppf) Cl , NaO*Bu, Neat, Microwave, 130 °C
Preparation of compound (35): This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound 28. N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine (4.0 mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 16 in 35% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- de): d 8.17 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.84 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.61(d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.52 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.22 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.11 (dd, J= 1.5 & 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.87 (s, 1H, ArH), 6.12 (br.s, 1H, -NH), 4.28-4.12 (m, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.62-3.43 (m,
12H), 3.30-3.12 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.20 (m, 12H ), 2.05-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.77 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-de): 146.42, 145.36, 143.36, 140.78, 137.02, 130.72, 130.54, 128.94, 125.46, 123.77, 121.04, 120.46, 120.38, 111.26, 98.14, 66.98, 57.19, 56.75, 54.29, 54.23, 50.99, 49.90, 47.08, 42.33, 26.15, 25.97, 25.35. MS (ESI): m/z 543.34 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of Compound 6
Figure imgf000096_0002
A mixture of 11 -chi oro-10-(3 -chi oropropyl)-6, 8-dimethyl- 10H-indolo[3,2-b]quinoline (350 mg, 1.06 mmol) and sodium iodide (394 mg, 2.65 mmol) in 3 -(l-azapenyl)-l -propanamine (1.0 mL, 6.41 mmol) was reacted under microwave conditions at 150 °C for 35 min. After completion of the reaction, as indicated by TLC (10 % MeOH in DCM), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice cold water and extracted with dichloromethane (DCM) (3 x 50 mL). The combined DCM layers were washed with water (4 x 100 mL), separated, dried over anhydrous MgSC>4, and finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5-8 % MeOH in DCM as an eluent to afford 150 mg (34 %) of compound as gummy oil. This gummy oil was treated with methanolic. HC1 (3N, 2-3 mL) to make the hydrochloride salt (6). The hydrochloride salt was further purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax sb Cl 8, 250 x 22, 5 u, MeOH:H20:HCOOH, 40:60:0.25%) to yield pure product as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, D2O): d 7.69 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.62-7.51 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.46 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.38-7.18 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.06 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.97-6.82 (m, 1H, ArH), 3.92-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.46 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.05-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.25-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.57-1.48 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, D2O): 148.25, 143.26, 135.63, 133.47, 132.12, 132.04, 126.26, 124.32, 122.79, 121.31, 121.22, 118.66, 117.37, 113.00, 111.05, 55.00, 54.67, 54.13, 52.22, 46.99, 26.47, 25.81, 23.71, 23.56. MS (ESI): m/z 413.3
[100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of Compound 12
Figure imgf000097_0001
A mixture of compound (iv) (200 mg, 0.76 mmol), 6-chloropurine (126 mg, 0.81 mmol), potassium carbonate (149 mg, 1.08 mmol), and sodium iodide (160 mg, 1.08 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was reacted under microwave conditions at 100 °C for 40 min. After completion of the reaction, as indicated by TLC, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the DCM was evaporated under vacuum to get the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5-8 % MeOH in DCM as an eluent to yield 80 mg (33%) of compound 12 as yellow color solid. Ϊ N (300 MHz, DMSO-de): d 12.90 (br.s, 1H, -NH), 8.30 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.23-8.01 (m, 4H, ArH), 7.78-7.59 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.54 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.29 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.25-7.15 (br.s, 1H, -NH), 4.26 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.42 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.10 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-de): 153.19, 145.96, 145.82, 140.24, 139.46, 130.37, 129.41, 129.23, 127.33, 124.92, 124.39, 123.00, 122.77, 121.99, 120.71, 111.55, 52.57, 50.39, 47.24, 25.90. MS (ESI): m/z 449.2 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of Compound 13
Figure imgf000098_0001
A mixture of compound (11) (HC1 salt, 200 mg, 0.41 mmol), DIEA (0.23 mL, 1.25 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was stirred at ice bath temperature for 15 min. 4-Methyl piperazine
carbonyl chloride hydrochloride (132 mg, 0.66 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The completion of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After evaporation of DCM, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with DCM (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to get the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel
chromatography using 20% MeOH in DCM as an eluent to get 150 mg (63%) of compound (13) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.50 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.23 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.16 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.68-7.54 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.47 (t, J= 7.5 Hz,
1H, ArH), 7.40 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.31 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.88 (br. t, 1H, NH),
4.68 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.29 (br.s, 1H), 4.28-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.18 (m, 8H), 3.16-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.14 (m, 7H), 2.13 (s, 3H, -N-Me), 2.10-1.92 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 172.60, 163.54, 147.92, 146.21, 145.91, 139.58, 129.93, 129.71,
129.47, 127.09, 124.45, 124.37, 123.25, 123.22, 122.45, 120.59, 110.23, 70.85, 59.78, 59.56, 54.99, 52.50, 50.53, 47.11, 46.33, 46.11, 37.66, 37.33, 28.93, 28.36. MS (ESI): m/z 570.2 [100%, (M+H)+] Preparation of Compound 33
Figure imgf000099_0001
7-bromo-11 -chloro-10-(3-chloropropyl)- 10/-Mndolo[3,2-£>]quinoline
(a) N-(3-Aminopropyl)morpholine, Neat, 100 °C
Preparation of compound (viii): This compound was synthesized using the procedure similar to compound (iii). N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine (4.0 mL, excess) was used for the coupling reaction to yield compound 17 in 73% yield as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.63 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.32-8.18 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.72-7.61 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.49 (td, J = 1.2 & 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.32-7.24 (m, 1H, ArH), 4.17 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.61 (m, 6H), 3.40 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H ), 2.50-2.30 (m, 8H), 2.08-1.91 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,
CDCb): 146.59, 144.31, 139.95, 132.23, 129.86, 129.79, 127.29, 125.25, 125.00, 124.57, 124.46, 123.46, 113.29, 111.64, 67.33, 56.34, 54.13, 52.80, 50.42, 47.29, 26.18, 26.12. MS (ESI): m/z 481.1 [100%, (M+H)+]
Preparation of compound (33)
To a stirred solution of compound (viii) (200 mg, 0.41 mmol) and l-(2-morpholin-4-yl)ethyl piperazine in toluene (8 mL) under argon purging were added Pd2(dba)3 (36 mg, 10 mol%), ( Rac ) BINAP (25 mg 10 mol%) and sodium /-butoxide (78 mg, .82 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 4-5 h under argon atmosphere. After completion of the reaction was indicated by TLC, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to afford the crude product. The crude product was then purified by silica gel chromatography using 15 % MeOH in DCM as an eluent to yield 120 mg (33%) of compound (33) as yellow color solid. ¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.30-8.20 (m, 2H, ArH), 8.04 (s, 1H, ArH), 7.63 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.48 (t, J= 7.6 Hz,IH, ArH), 7.40-7.32 (m, 2H, ArH), 4.16 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.73 (m, 4H), 3.72-3.61 (m, 6H), 3.41 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.27 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 4H), 2.59-2.49 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.31 (m, 8H), 2.10 -1.95 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): 148.25, 146.46, 146.29, 141.20, 139.58, 130.72, 129.74, 126.83, 124.33, 124.19, 124.08, 123.39, 121.75, 110.81, 109.15, 67.40, 67.34,
56.82, 56.42, 56.15, 54.62, 54.30, 54.13, 52.67, 51.53, 50.52, 47.29, 26.39, 26.17. MS (ESI): m/z 598.5 [100%, (M+H)+]
Compound 26
Figure imgf000100_0001
¾ NMR (D2O, 500 MHz): d 7.66 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.55 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.46 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.42-7.34 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.04 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.89 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.67 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.05-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.81-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.0 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.52 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (D2O, 250 MHz): 147.38, 143.58, 135.58, 134.35, 132.42, 132.36, 125.61, 125.34,
123.90, 121.40, 119.21, 117.91, 112.89, 111,11, 53.80, 52.49, 51.48, 47.16, 26.48.
HRMS: Found = 401.2341(MH+) (Theoretically = 401.2336) Error = -1.5 ppm
Compound 15
Figure imgf000100_0002
¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.52 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.32 - 8.21 (m, 2H), 7.70 - 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.55 - 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.15 - 4.28 (m, 2H), 3.72 - 3.65 ( m, 2H), 3.35 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.50 - 2.25 (m, 8H), 2.04 (q, 2H), 1.59 (q, 4H), 1.55 -1.38 (m, 2H). 13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCh): d 148.12, 146.47, 145.87, 139.69, 129.81, 129.79, 129.72, 126.93, 124.40, 124.35, 123.51, 123.48, 122.36, 120.37, 110.10, 56.93, 55.15, 52.87, 50.14, 47.11, 26.66, 26.43, 25.91, 24.86.
HRMS: 399.2543 MH+ (Theoretically = 399.2543) Error = 0.1 ppm.
Compound 16
Figure imgf000101_0001
¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCh): d 8.52 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.340 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.51 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (t, J = 6.0, 2H), 3.78 - 3.68 ( m, 2H), 3.51 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (t, J = 7.2, 2H), 2.50 - 2.35 (m, 6H), 1.55 (q, 4H), 1.49 -1.38 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCh): d 148.05, 146.45, 145.82, 139.59, 129.78, 129.72, 126.94, 124.44, 124.25, 123.46, 123.37, 122.38, 120.35, 110.05, 58.26, 55.61, 52.30, 50.88, 47.04, 26.37, 24.71. HRMS: 385.2392 MH+ (Theoritically = 385.2386) Error = -1.4 ppm.
Compound 50
Figure imgf000101_0002
¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCh): d 8.69 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1.2
Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J = 2.4 & 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 1.5 & 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44(d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33(t, J = 7.5 Hz), 6.67 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.77 - 3.68 ( m, 2H), 3.42 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.60 - 2.45 (m, 12H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.03 (q, 2H).
13C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCb): d 159.06, 148.40, 146.95, 146.78, 145.83, 139.70, 137.02, 136.37, 129.74, 129.59, 125.44, 125.10, 124.34, 123.45, 123.08, 122.38, 122.05, 120.43, 110.13, 106.35, 55.97, 55.48, 53.60, 52.89, 50.39, 47.14, 46.45, 38.67, 26.52, 26.17.
HRMS: 534.3346 MH+ (Theoretically = 534.3340) Error = -1.1 ppm.
Compound 59
Figure imgf000102_0001
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de): d 8.21 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J = 9.0, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 9.3, 1H), 6.89 (brs, 1H), 6.16 (brs, 1H), 4.59 (brs, 1H), 4.17 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.48-2.27 (m, 11H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.05 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 3H) 1.78 (quin, 2H), 1.70-1.55 (M, 2H), 1.42-1.20 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-de): d 148.71, 148.62, 145.29, 141.34, 129.46, 127.57, 125.54, 122.91, 121.65, 120.15, 117.63, 115.46, 111.36, 103.07, 67.04, 57.04, 56.58, 55.50, 53.42, 52.68, 52.34, 50.86, 47.15, 46.41, 42.04, 35.25, 26.45, 26.20.
HRMS: 556.3758 MH+ (Theoritically = 556.3758) Error = 0.1 ppm.
Compound 60
Figure imgf000103_0001
¾ NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de): d 8.20 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J = 2.4 & 9.3 Hz,IH), 6.93 (d, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5. 92 (brs, 1H), 4.60 (brs, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.20- 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.55 (m, 10H, merged with DMSO-de signal), 2.50 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 2.38-
2.25 (m, 2H), 2.04 (t, J = 9.9 Hz, 2H) 1.72-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.02 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H).
13C-NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-de): d 148.69, 148.37, 146.41, 145.35, 141.13, 129.47, 127.70, 125.58, 123.04, 121.65, 120.61, 117.67, 115.71, 111.36, 103.60, 67.06, 57.07, 52.66, 52.37, 51.84, 50.85, 47.40, 47.15, 35.28, 26.20, 12.24.
Compound 61
Figure imgf000103_0002
¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDCb): d 8.52 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.28 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J = 2.4 & 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (t, J = 3.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.39 (t, J = 6.0), 2.83 (t, J = 3.0, 2H), 2.61
(t, J = 6.0, 3H), 2.53- 2.35 (m, 11H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.12 (q, 2H), 2.02 (q, 2H).
13C-NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-de): d 148.64, 148.31, 147.26, 145.57, 140.75, 129.57, 127.61,
125.82, 123.28, 121.69, 120.17, 115.36, 114.66, 111.37, 105.85, 58.08, 57.17, 55.61, 53.46, 52.67, 50.34, 49.14, 48.79, 47.30, 46.90, 46.60, 27.83, 26.04.
HRMS: 526.3653 MH+ (Theoritically = 526.3652) Error = 0.1 ppm Compound 62
Figure imgf000104_0001
¾ NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): d 8.73 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H),
7.53 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 ( d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.30 -7.18 (m, 2H), 4.21 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (t, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.41 (t, J = 4.5), 2.60 - 2.23 (m, 15H), 1.97 (q, 2H), 1.85 - 1.55 (m, 6H).
13C-NMR (75 MHz, (CDCb): d 151.95, 145.20, 144.81, 143.60, 130.05, 126.72, 125.62, 123.59, 120.73, 120.48, 117.43, 115.26, 110.14, 106.84, 55.53, 55.12, 54.22, 53.01, 51.25, 50.29, 47.31,
46.06, 30.11, 26.88, 26.52, 26.09, 24.77.
HRMS: 497.33824 MH+ (Theoritically = 497.33872) Error = 1 ppm.
Compound 63
Figure imgf000104_0002
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCB): d 8.63 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 9.3 Hz), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.55 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 ( d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.38 -7.23 (m, 2H), 6.54 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (t, J = 3.0 Hz, 4H), 3.69 (t, J = 3.0 Hz, 2H), 3.55 - 3.35 (m, 7H), 2.70 - 2.25 (m, 15H), 2.00 (q, 2H). 13C-NMR (75 MHz, (CDCb): d 162.02, 158.21, 150.93, 146.03, 145.12, 142.34, 129.95, 128.15,
127.53, 125.69, 123.09, 121.50, 120.61, 117.40, 116.56, 110.64, 110.17, 108.96, 55.60, 55.10, 53.80, 52.98, 51.01, 49.25, 47.26, 46.05, 43.95, 26.69, 26.47.
HRMS: 576.3553 MH+ (Theoritically = 576.3558) Error = 0.8 ppm.
Compound 64
Figure imgf000105_0001
¾-NMR (CDCb, 500 MHz): d 8.50 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 87.56 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.19 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.02 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.75-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.36 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.25 (m, 11H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.19-1.95
(m, 7H).
13C-NMR (CDCb): 148.46, 147.38, 145.52, 140.98, 129.18, 127.95, 125.19, 123.42, 122.37, 119.98, 115.53, 114.79, 110.05, 105.76, 56.10, 55.47, 53.60, 53.08, 50.42, 48.28, 47.18, 46.43, 30.12, 26.60, 26.27, 25.99
HRMS: 483.32355 MH+ (Theoretically = 483.32307) Error = - 1.0 ppm
Compound 29
Figure imgf000106_0001
Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.70-7.60 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.59-7.52 (m, lH, ArH), 7.45 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.36 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.32-7.28 (m, 1H, ArH), 4.24 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.75-3.63 (m, 6H), 3.44 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.35 (m, 8H) 2.10-2.0 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCh): 152.77, 152.60, 152.14, 151.97, 149.49, 149.32, 148.85, 148.71, 146.54, 145.90, 139.48, 138.36, 138.30, 138.28, 138.23, 137.28, 129.99, 129.78, 127.38, 125.33, 123.60, 123.55, 123.52, 123.47, 123.34, 123.14, 122.71, 122.42, 120.62, 118.17, 117.94, 116.61, 116.38, 110.17, 67.35, 56.40, 54.15, 52.91, 50.58, 47.17, 26.26, 26.17.
HRMS Found = 513.2453 (MH+) (Theoretically = 513.6008) Error = 1.5 ppm
Compound 31
Figure imgf000106_0002
Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.88-7.70 (m, 3H, ArH), 7.62 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.44 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.33 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.08 (d, J= 7.5 1H, ArH), 4.30-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.62 (m, 6H), 3.44 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.4-3.28 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.30 (m, 11H) 2.12-1.92 (m, 2H). 13C-NMR (CDCh): 150.99, 148.19, 146.83, 145.83, 139.74, 139.26, 131.89, 129.75, 129.54, 128.32, 125.86, 124.80, 123.58, 123.39, 122.48, 121.99, 120.47, 116.50, 110.114, 67.35, 56.43, 55.48, 54.16, 52.87, 50.54, 49.16, 47.18, 46.55, 26.27, 26.17.
HRMS: Found = 575.3490 (MH+) (Theoretically = 575.3493) Error = 0.5 ppm
Compound 32
Figure imgf000107_0001
¾-NMR (CDCh, 500 MHz): d 8.73 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.29 (d, J= 5.1Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.27 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.85 (dd, 7= 1.5 & 8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H,
Ar.H), 7.65 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.50 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.06 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H, ArH), 4.23 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.75-3.65 (m, 6H), 3.43 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.35-3.28 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 11H) 2.08-1.98 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCh): 150.45, 148.11, 146.33, 144.91, 13974, 133.63, 132.85, 130.24, 129.70, 128.66, 128.16, 127.05, 124.40, 124.31, 123.94, 123.41, 119.85, 116.66, 110.37, 67.32, 56.39,
55.49, 54.13, 52.77, 50,52, 49.34, 47.27, 46.50, 26.29, 26.14.
HRMS: Found = 575.3486 (MH+) (Theoretically = 575.3493) Error = 1.2 ppm
Compound 39
Figure imgf000107_0002
¾-NMR (CDCh, 500 MHz): d 8.35-8.22 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.74 (s, 1H, ArH), 7.63 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H),7.48 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.34-7.26 (m, 1H, ArH, merged with CDCh peak), 7.06 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 6.85-6.70 (brs, 1H, -NH), 4.13 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.85-3.62 (m, 7H), 3.42 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.92-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.72 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.33 (m, 9H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.60 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCh): 148.21, 146.06, 143.61, 139.96, 139.61, 130.88, 129.56, 128.06, 126.76, 124.32, 124.11, 123.35, 118.84, 111.12, 104.23, 68.21, 67.33, 56.98, 56.43, 54.13, 52.64, 51.20, 50.51, 47.34, 42.14, 34.80, 26.45, 26.18.
HRMS: Found = 543.3441 (MH+) (Theoretically = 543.7228) Error = 0.2 ppm
Compound 37
Figure imgf000108_0001
1H-NMR (CDCh, 500 MHz): d 8.51 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.03 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.58 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.41 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 1H, Ar.H, merged with CDCh peak), 7.24 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.90 (dd, J= 2.0 & 9.0 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 5.35- 5.05 (brs, 1H, -NH), 4.18 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.50 (m, 6H), 3.45-3.32 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.55 (m, 6H), 2.54-2.28 (m, 15H) 2.08-1.85 (m, 4H).
13C-NMR (CDCh): 148.63, 148.14, 145.47, 141.05, 129.20, 128.24, 125.17, 123.36, 122.39, 120.12, 117.22, 116.41, 110.07, 104.76, 67.36, 57.88, 56.45, 55.78, 54.15, 53.67, 53.03, 50.54, 47.16, 46.48, 44.16, 26.34, 26.17, 25.79.
HRMS: Found = 556.3747 (MH+) (Theoretically = 556.3747) Error = 2.0 ppm Compound 42
Figure imgf000109_0001
¾-NMR (CDCh, 500 MHz): d 8.50 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.03 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.57 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.41 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.29 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.25
(s, 1H, ArH), 6.97 (dd, J= 2.0 & 9.0 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 4.71-4.60 (brs, 1H, -NH), 4.18 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.82-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.25 (m, 4H), 2.95-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.67 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.30 (m, 11H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.13 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.85 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.55(m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCh): 148.77, 147.79, 147.63, 145.51, 140.82, 129.14, 128.43, 125.12, 123.54, 122.27, 120.05, 117.39, 116.74, 110.07, 105.45, 68.33, 56.80, 56.14, 55.49, 53.62, 53.06, 52.30, 50.38, 47.14, 46.44, 40.94, 34.99, 26.57, 26.22.
HRMS: Found = 556.3755 (MH+) (Theoretically = 556.3758) Error =0.6 ppm Compound 41
Figure imgf000109_0002
1H-NMR (CDCh, 300 MHz): d 9.02 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.74 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.69-7.52 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.37 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.32-7.21 (m, 1H, ArH, merged with CDCh peak), 7.10 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 6.62-6.48 (brs, 1H, -NH), 4.40-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.91- 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.73 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.18-2.88 (m, 4H), 2.87-2.72 (m, 6H), 2.71-2.61 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 6H), 2.52-2.40 (m, 3H), 2.39-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.10- 1.85 (m, 4H).
13C-NMR (CDCb): 151.49, 149.08, 143.79, 141.24, 134.87, 131.26, 126.94, 124.98, 123.66, 121.76, 116.69, 116.10, 111.69, 110.58, 94.95, 55.80, 55.35, 54.35, 53.97, 53.12, 52.24, 51.13, 50.84, 47.55, 44.58, 41.51, 27.31, 25.89, 24.90.
HRMS: Found = 569.40758 (MH+) (Theoretically = 569.8065) Error =-2.5 ppm
Compound 48
Figure imgf000110_0001
¾-NMR (CDCb, 500 MHz): d 8.52 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.12(d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH),
7.58 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H),7.42 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.29 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH, merged with CDCb peak), 7.25 (s, 1H, ArH), 6.97 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 4.85-4.65 (brs, 1H, -NH), 4.20 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.85-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.49 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.95- 2.65 (m, 8H), 2.50-2.36 (m, 3H), 2.28-2.12 (m, 5H), 2.05-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.48 (m, 4H). 13C-NMR (CDCb): 148.49, 147.87, 145.36, 129.22, 128.18, 125.26, 123.21, 122.41, 120.09, 117.29, 116.45, 110.03, 105.03, 68.29, 68.11, 57.32, 56.77, 52.83, 52.07, 51.27, 51.05, 47.10, 41.51, 40.82, 34.86, 26.55.
HRMS: Found = 543.3448(MH+) (Theoretically = 543.7228) Error = -1.1 ppm Compound 30
Figure imgf000110_0002
¾-NMR (CDCh, 500 MHz): d 8.70 (s,lH, ArH), 8.29 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.27 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.79 (dd, J= 2.0 &9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.70-7.64 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.62-7.44 (m,4H, ArH), 7.30-7.22 (m, 1H, ArH+CDCb peak), 4.26 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.79-3.64 (m, 6H), 3.45 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.38 (m, 8H) 2.10-2.0 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCb): 152.69, 152.52, 151.71, 151.55, 149.41, 149.24, 148.43, 148.26, 147.67, 146.45, 145.38, 140.00, 138.89, 138.84, 138.76, 131.70, 130.07, 129.71, 128.70, 127.28, 124.47, 124.04, 123.45, 123.40, 123.35, 123.32, 123.27, 120.59, 118.00, 117.78, 116.45, 116.21, 110.57, 67.31, 56.36, 54.12, 52.87, 50.57, 47.34, 30.11, 26.30, 26.13.
HRMS: Found = 513.2467 (MH+) (Theoretically = 513.6008) Error = 1.4 ppm
Compound 38
Figure imgf000111_0001
1H-NMR (CDCb, 500 MHz): d 8.70 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.93 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.58 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.48-7.35 (m, 2H, Ar.H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 1H, Ar.H, merged with CDCb peak), 6.98 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 5.40-5.20 (brs, 1H, -NH), 4.23 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.90-3.60 (m, 7H), 3.53 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.48-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.0-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.28 (m, 10H) 2.10-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.65 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCb): 148.85, 144.88, 129.96, 126.71, 125.80, 123.39, 120.74, 117.18, 114.98, 110.20, 67.28, 56.41, 56.19, 54.07, 51.19, 50.82, 47.28, 40.19, 34.00, 30.09, 26.78, 26.25.
HRMS; Found = 543.3442 (MH+) (Theoretically = 542.3432) Error = 1.9 ppm
Compound 46
Figure imgf000112_0001
¾-NMR (D2O, 500 MHz): d 8.0-7.87 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.76 (d, J= 7.0, 1H, ArH), 7.63 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.57-7.48 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.47-7.30 (m, 2H, ArH), 4.28-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.68-3.10 (m, 20H), 3.26 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.06 (m, 4H).
13C-NMR (D2O): 149.59, 141.74, 136.57, 133.48, 132.34, 126.89, 124.50, 124.39, 124.19, 118.97, 117.84, 114.49, 113.39, 55.19, 54.45, 54.06, 52.71, 51.00, 50.85, 49.30, 49.11, 47.51, 46.44, 43.17, 26.81, 23.74, 22.16.
HRMS: Found = 569.4080 (MH+) (Theoretically = 569.4080) Error = -1.0 ppm
Compound 49
Figure imgf000112_0002
¾-NMR (D2O, 300 MHz): d 7.82 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.44 (d, J= 7.2, 1H, ArH), 7.35 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.26 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.19-7.02 (m, 1H, ArH), 6.70 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 6.17 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.02-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.42 (m, 11H), 3.40-
3.30 (m, 4H), 3.24 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 2H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.08- 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.40 (m, 4H) 13C-NMR (D20): 151.05, 148.14, 143.17, 139.18, 132.98, 131.45, 126.35, 123.64, 121.32, 116.78, 113.70, 111.38, 110.77, 92.97, 62.06, 55.18, 53.69, 52.21, 51.21, 50.93, 49.31, 46.88, 43.22, 39.93, 31.20, 26.61, 23.37, 20.85.
HRMS: Found = 556.3762 (MH+) (Theoretically = 556.7646) Error = -0.8 ppm
Compound 40
Figure imgf000113_0001
1H-NMR (D2O, 500 MHz): d 7.81-7.72 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.71-7.62 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.61-7.53 (m, 1H, Ar.H), 7.44-7.28 (m, 3H, ArH), 4.12-3.93 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.45 (m, 14H), 3.41-3.28 (m, 6H), 3.10-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.91 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 3H), 2.38-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.06 (m, 4H).
13C-NMR (D2O): 148.93, 140.78, 135.99, 135.41, 133.02, 132.31, 126.40, 124.40, 123.76, 118.80, 117.33, 113.92, 113.19, 108.97, 64.07, 54.85, 54.64, 54.34, 52.46, 52.07, 50.88, 49.28, 47.41, 45.57, 43.21, 26.70, 23.16, 22.39.
HRMS: Found = 556.3765 (MH+) (Theoretically = 556.7646 ) Error = -5.2 ppm
Compound 47
Figure imgf000113_0002
¾-NMR (D2O, 500 MHz): d 7.95 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.88 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.76 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.64 (s, 1H, ArH), 7.52 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.47 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.35 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.25-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.12-3.98 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.25 (m, 15H), 3.14 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.50 (m, 3H)..
13C-NMR (D2O): 148.36, 141.23, 137.72, 136.25, 134.51, 132.45, 126.02, 125.70, 125.11, 124.60, 119.44, 118.25, 114.37, 113.19, 54.85, 54.08, 52.88, 51.85, 51.67, 51.45, 49.42, 47.30, 44.86, 43.19, 26.84, 23.03.
HRMS: Found = 556.3758 (MH+) (Theoretically = 556.7646 ) Error = -2.3 ppm
Compound 36
Figure imgf000114_0001
¾-NMR (D2O, 500 MHz): d 7.69 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.33(d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.24 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.10(d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.90 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.62 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.05-3.75 (m, 6H), 3.61-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.15 (m, 14H), 2.94 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.25-2.06 (m, 4H), 1.26 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 6H).
13C-NMR (D2O): 150.03, 148.62, 142.53, 138.83, 132.24, 130.95, 127.13, 122.28, 121.13, 120.96, 115.73, 113.40, 111.05, 110.46, 93.49, 64.13, 54.42, 54.23, 52.12, 49.97, 48.33, 47.00,
37.67, 30.59, 26.52, 23.14, 8.64.
HRMS: Found = 515.3493 (MH+) (Theoretically = 515.7127 ) Error = -0.2 ppm
Compound 34
Figure imgf000115_0001
¾-NMR (D2O, 500 MHz): d 7.67 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.46 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.38- 7.26 (m, 1H, Ar.H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.98 (t, J= 9.75, Hz, 2H, ArH), 6.45 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.10-3.91 (m, 6H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.65 (m, 6H), 3.64-3.35 (m, 18H), 3.12-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.94 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.25-2.08 (m, 4H).
13C-NMR (D2O): 150.83, 148.36, 142.78, 137.92, 132.73, 131.46, 127.43, 122.40, 121.23, 115.08, 113.26, 111.16, 98.80, 64.21, 64.10, 54.36, 52.95, 52.50, 52.11, 50.76, 50.20, 47.07, 44.82, 26.60, 23.15.
HRMS: Found = 598.3861 (MH+) (Theoretically = 598.8013 ) Error = -1.7 ppm
Compound 43
Figure imgf000115_0002
¾-NMR (D2O, 300 MHz): d 7.96 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.76 (d, J= 8.7, 1H, ArH), 7.68 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar.H), 7.47-7.28 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.21 (s, 1H, ArH), 7.09 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H, ArH),
4.18-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.68 (m, 5H), 3.53-3.42 (m, 3H), 3.41-3.26 (m, 4H), 3.18-2.95 (m, 3H), 2.70-2.55 (m, 6H), 2.45-2.25 (m, 5H), 2.22-2.12 (m, 3H), 1.95-1.70 (m, 5H). 13C-NMR (D2O): 148.73, 141.73, 138.66, 135.86, 133.12, 131.56, 126.53, 123.92, 123.63, 122.49, 118.59, 117.37, 114.13, 112.43, 101.02, 54.93, 53.88, 52.45, 51.71, 51.36, 49.49, 49.16, 47.07, 43.23, 43.08, 31.14, 27.01, 24.37, 24.01.
Hrms: Found = 556.3760 (MH+) (Theoretically = 556.3764) Error = -0.3 ppm
Compound 44
Figure imgf000116_0001
1H-NMR (CDCh, 300 MHz): d 8.47 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.08 (d, J= 9.3, 1H, ArH), 7.65- 7.46 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.37 (d, 7= 8.1 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.33-7.20 (m, 2H, ArH), 4.28-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.37 (m, 4H), 3.33 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.78-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.57-2.29 (m, 15 H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.88 (m, 2H).
13C-NMR (CDCh): 150.39, 148.04, 147.90, 145.46, 140.19, 129.28, 128.67, 125.06, 123.42, 122.12, 120.08, 117.89, 117.79, 111.55, 110.04, 55.98, 55.49, 53.58, 52.92, 50.36, 49.70, 47.07,
46.58, 46.45, 26.52, 26.15.
HRMS: Found = 512.3497 (MH+) (Theoretically = 512.7121) Error = -1.8 ppm
Compound 45
Figure imgf000117_0001
¾-NMR (D2O, 300 MHz): d 7.74 (d, J= 8.1Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.39 (d, J= 9.3, 1H, ArH), 7.31 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.15 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.97 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.64 (d, J = Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.19 (s, 1H, ArH), 4.00-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.12 (m, 18H), 2.92-2.78 (m, 5H), 2.28-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.23 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 6H).
13C-NMR (CDCb): 150.09, 148.87, 142.73, 139.00, 132.36, 131.06, 127.43, 122.48, 121.23, 121.10, 115.63, 113.63, 111.21, 110.56, 93.59, 54.60, 54.17, 51.95, 51.08, 50.01, 49.25, 48.34, 47.02, 43.17, 37.69, 26.75, 23.85, 8.63.
HRMS: Found = 528.3803 (MH+) (Theoretically = 528.7545) Error = 1.0 ppm
Compound 51
Figure imgf000117_0002
¾ NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) d 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (ddd, J= 8.4, 7.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J= 9.4, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.24 - 4.16 (m, 3H), 3.94 (dd, J= 5.5, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (q, J= 5.4, 4.2 Hz, 5H), 3.75 - 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.49 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, OH), 2.49 (s, 6H), 2.39 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.03 - 1.93 (m, 2H). HRMS: Found = 513.33371 MH+ (Theoretically = 513.33) Error = -0.1 ppm
Compound 52
Figure imgf000118_0001
¾ NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) d 8.39 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.76 - 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.36 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 4H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.09 - 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 1H).
HRMS: 507.29801 MH+ (Theoretically = 507.3) Error = -0.2 ppm
Compound 53
Figure imgf000118_0002
¾ NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) d 8.47 (dd, J= 7.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, 7= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, J = 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 4.10 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (dd, J= 5.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.63 - 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.47 (t, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 7H), 3.35 - 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.38 - 2.30 (m, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.95 (dd, 7= 9.1, 6.1 Hz, 2H). HRMS: 487.31804 MH+ (Theoretically = 487.32) Error = -0.1 ppm
Compound 54
Figure imgf000119_0001
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCb) d 8.49 (dd, J= 7.9, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 - 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.34 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.27 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J= 9.4, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (dd, J= 6.7, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.78 - 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.70 - 3.66 (m, 6H), 3.63 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.38 - 3.33 (m, 2H), 2.83 - 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.57 (m, 2H), 2.42 - 2.37 (m, 7H), 2.35 - 2.29 (m,
4H), 2.14 - 2.06 (m, 2H), 2.00 - 1.91 (m, 2H).
13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCB) d 148.16, 148.07, 147.17, 145.09, 140.37, 128.82, 127.53, 124.92,
122.85, 121.92, 119.61, 115.16, 113.74, 109.66, 105.57, 66.96, 58.16, 57.04, 56.02, 53.73, 52.58, 50.13, 48.99, 48.44, 46.75, 46.71, 27.77, 25.93, 25.81.
HRMS: Found = 513.3333 (MH+) (Theoretically = 512.3264) Error = -0.9 ppm Compound 20
Figure imgf000119_0002
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCb) d 8.54 (ddd, J= 7.7, 1.2, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.31 - 8.26 (m, 2H), 7.68 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.51 (ddd, J= 6.7, 4.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.30 (m, 1H),
4.23 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.51 - 3.45 (m, 2H), 2.79 - 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.41 (ddd, J = 11.4, 5.7, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H).
13C NMR (101 MHZ, CDCb) d 147.63, 145.99, 145.43, 139.04, 129.35, 129.28, 126.58, 123.94, 123.88, 123.03, 122.92, 121.99, 120.00, 109.68, 58.30, 52.55, 50.54, 46.64, 45.99, 25.88. HRMS: Found = 345.2072 (MH+) (Theoretically = 344.2001) Error = -0.7 ppm
Compound 55
Figure imgf000120_0001
8.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.70 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.31 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.69 - 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.42 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.70 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (dt, J = 6.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s, 6H).
13C NMR (101 MHZ, DMSO) d 147.33, 146.44, 145.44, 139.50, 136.92, 131.20, 129.79, 128.74, 128.62, 125.10, 123.72, 122.68, 122.55, 122.21, 121.47, 121.09, 120.21, 111.08, 58.27, 52.51,
50.70, 46.81, 46.05, 25.96
HRMS: Found = 425.2467 (MH+) (Theoretically = 424.2375) Error = -1.3 ppm
Compound 21
Figure imgf000120_0002
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCb) d 8.54 (ddd, J= 7.8, 1.3, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (ddd, J= 8.5, 1.3, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (ddd, J= 8.5, 1.5, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.51 (ddd, J= 8.5, 6.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (ddd, J= 7.9, 7.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.25 - 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.74 - 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, J= 8.7, 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.46 - 2.40 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 6H), 2.08 (tt, J= 9.9,
6.5 Hz, 2H).
13C NMR (101 MHZ, CDCb) d 147.44, 145.82, 145.51, 139.25, 129.46, 129.34, 129.17, 126.68, 124.00, 123.88, 122.91, 122.08, 120.11, 109.77, 56.85, 52.41, 50.08, 46.73, 45.15, 26.53, 25.79. HRMS: Found = 359.2230 (MH+) (Theoretically = 358.2157) Error = -0.6 ppm Compound 56
Figure imgf000121_0001
¾ NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) d 8.46 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 -
7.48 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 4.07 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.57 (dd, J= 6.6, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.44 - 3.37 (m, 4H), 3.30 (dd, J = 9.5, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 4H), 2.61 - 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.53 - 2.47 (m, 4H), 2.40 - 2.34 (m, 4H), 2.33 - 2.29 (m, 6H), 1.97 - 1.88 (m, 2H).
13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCb) d 150.05, 147.70, 147.54, 145.10, 139.74, 128.90, 128.32, 124.63,
123.06, 121.73, 119.71, 117.38, 117.35, 111.05, 109.66, 66.94, 57.01, 56.82, 55.98, 53.71, 53.69, 52.40, 50.03, 49.20, 46.69, 46.00, 25.81, 25.72.
HRMS: Found = 556.3785 (MH+) (Theoretically = 555.3686) Error = -0.6 ppm Compound 24
Figure imgf000121_0002
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCb) d 8.50 - 8.46 (m, 1H), 8.25 - 8.21 (m, 1H), 8.10 (ddd, J= 8.5, 1.4,
0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.52 (ddd, J= 8.3, 5.2, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (ddd, J= 8.5, 6.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 4.08 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.56 - 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.24 - 3.16 (m, 2H),
2.87 (d, J= 11.8 Hz, 2H), 2.31 - 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.27 - 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.94 (td, J= 11.9, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 1.78 - 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.60 (d, J= 12.7 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (ddd, J= 25.3, 12.6, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.2 - 1.12 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (101 MHZ, CDCh) d 147.46, 145.90, 145.29, 139.31, 129.36, 129.26, 128.90, 126.56, 123.96, 123.82, 122.85, 122.86, 121.86, 119.95, 109.690, 55.43, 52.13, 49.76, 46.69, 45.79, 35.12, 32.86, 31.76, 25.55.
HRMS: Found = 399.2543 (MH+) (Theoretically = 399.2543) Error = 0.1 ppm
Compound 57
Figure imgf000122_0001
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) d 8.76 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (ddd, J =
8.3, 5.9, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 - 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (s, 1H), 4.22 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.78 - 3.64 (m, 6H), 3.44 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.03 - 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 4H), 2.42 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 1.79 - 1.71 (m, 4H).
13C NMR (101 MHZ, CDCh) d 149.06, 144.95, 143.90, 129.89, 125.65, 125.29, 123.55, 120.40, 116.50, 114.27, 113.38, 109.84, 99.39, 70.52, 58.80, 54.53, 54.24, 54.12, 51.58, 46.77, 43.08,
26.69, 23.41
HRMS: Found = 444.2757 (MH+) (Theoretically = 444.2757) Error = 0.2 ppm
Compound 22
Figure imgf000122_0002
Hz, 1H), 8.21 (ddd, J = 8.5, 1.4, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 - 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.54 (ddd, J= 8.3, 7.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (ddd, J = 8.5, 6.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 - 7.26 (m, 1H), 4.15 - 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.67 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.58 - 3.51 (m, 2H), 2.99 (dd, J= 8.5, 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (dd, J= 8.8, 3.2 Hz, 4H), 2.37 (s, 2H), 1.82 - 1.74 (m, 4H).
13C NMR (101 MHZ, CDCh) d 147.34, 145.70, 145.40, 138.78, 129.49, 129.17, 126.69, 124.02, 123.77, 122.72, 122.71, 121.97, 120.06, 109.75, 54.47, 54.30, 52.71, 50.71, 46.57, 26.04, 23.39. HRMS: Found = 371.2230 (MH+) (Theoretically = 370.2295) Error = 0.2 ppm
Compound 58
Figure imgf000123_0001
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) d 8.48 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J= 9.3, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 12.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 5H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.86 (t, J= 12.2 Hz, 2H), 2.40 (s, 4H), 2.35 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 9H), 2.01 (d, J= 12.3 Hz, 4H), 1.73 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 2H).
13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCh) d 150.15, 147.78, 147.48, 145.13, 139.82, 128.92, 128.36, 124.59,
123.10, 121.79, 119.75, 118.03, 117.22, 111.23, 109.69, 66.97, 62.25, 56.03, 53.74, 52.48, 50.10, 49.29, 46.75, 41.77, 28.35, 25.90, 25.78.
HRMS Found = 527.3492 (MH+) (Theoretically = 527.3495) Error = -0.3 ppm Compound 23
Figure imgf000123_0002
¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) d 8.55 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (dd, J= 8.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (ddd, J= 8.5, 1.4, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.50 (ddd, J= 8.5, 6.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (ddd, J= 7.9, 7.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.25 - 4.19 (t, , J= 0.8 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (dt, J = 5.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.71 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.38 - 3.31 (m, 2H), 2.45 - 2.36 (m, 2H), 1.89 - 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.73 (dd, J= 8.9, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.60 - 1.46 (m, 6H), 1.40 (dd, J= 14.8, 8.2 Hz, 1H).
13C NMR (101 MHZ, CDCh) d 147.58, 145.98, 145.42, 139.61, 129.36, 129.29, 129.14, 126.60, 124.02, 123.85, 123.02, 122.08, 120.00, 109.67, 66.81, 52.58, 49.75, 46.81, 34.89, 34.42, 32.20, 27.20, 25.55.
HRMS: Found = 400.2383 (MH+) (Theoretically = 400.2384) Error = -0.1 ppm
Compound 25
Figure imgf000124_0001
1H), 8.13 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dtd, J= 8.4, 7.0, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 - 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.43 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.30 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.75 - 3.69 (m, 2H), 3.42 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 4H), 2.73 (dd, J= 9.7, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (dd, J= 13.5, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 2.28 - 2.19 (m, 2H), 1.19 (t, 7= 7.3 Hz, 6H).
13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCh) d 147.49, 145.81, 145.63, 138.65, 129.67, 129.26, 126.76, 124.11, 123.69, 122.79, 122.57, 122.05, 120.28, 109.96, 52.20, 50.61, 49.68, 46.78, 46.58, 26.42, 24.56, 9.28.
HRMS: Found = 387.2542 (MH+) (Theoretically = 386.2470) Error = -0.7 ppm
Compound 14
Figure imgf000124_0002
¾ NMR (D2O, 300 MHz): d 7.71 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.55 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.52- 7.41 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.31 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.19 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.01 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H, ArH), 6.83 (t, J= 7.5Hz, 1H, ArH), 3.80 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.64-3.46 (m, 4H), 2.74 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.23-1.96 (m, 4H).
13C NMR (D2O): 148.47, 143.20, 135.75, 133.43, 132.19, 131.99, 126.44, 124.33, 122.67, 121.31, 121.23, 118.74, 117.45, 113.02, 111.05, 54.94, 52.16, 47.09, 37.08, 26.56.
HRMS: Found = 331.1914 (MH+) (Theoretically = 331.1904)Error = 0.9 ppm Compound 7
Figure imgf000125_0001
¾ NMR (CDCh, 500 MHz): d 8.54 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 8.32-8.22 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.69-7.60 (m, 2H, ArH), 7.50 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.46 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H, ArH), 7.34 (t, J= 7.25 Hz, 1H, ArH), 4.24 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.66 (m, 3H), 3.40 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.85-2.72 (m,
2H), 2.49-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.25-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.98-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.52 (m, 2H).
13C NMR (CDCh): 148.05, 146.40, 145.92, 139.63, 129.82, 129.78, 129.69, 126.99, 124.34, 124.32, 123.46, 123.40, 122.46, 120.46, 110.12, 55.94, 52.84, 51.48, 50.40, 47.13, 34.71, 26.70, 26.15.
HRMS: Found = 415.2493 (MH+) (Theoretically = 415.5505) Error = 0.3 ppm
FRET
All synthesized ligands are examined with a DNA oligomer containing the G-quadruplex forming region of the c-Myc promoter (d [ TGGGGA GGGTGGGGA GGGTGGGGAA GG] ) . The oligomer is tagged with a 5’-FAM fluorophore and a 3’-Black Hole Quencher molecule. 1 mM oligomer is linearized by heating at 95°C for 5 minutes in a 50 mM Tris-Acetate buffer (pH 7.1) and slowly cooled back to room temperature, allowing formation of a G-quadruplex. Ligand is added to the oligomer probe at various concentrations spanning a 2-3 log range (high dose of 10 mM), allowed to incubate for 15 minutes in the dark and fluorescence is read on the BioTek Synergy HT spectrophotometer (Biotek, Winooski, VT). Drug autofluorescence is subtracted, data is normalized to oligomer only, and ED35S are calculated from data fit by a sigmoidal top-to- bottom nonlinear regression. ED35s <10 mM are further analyzed by circular dichroism (CD).
Circular Dichroism
Non-labeled oligomers were prepared as described for FRET (Example VII). Ligands interacting with the c-Myc FRET oligomer are further examined for DNA secondary structure stabilization by CD (Sun et ah, 2005). Briefly, the CD absorption spectra at 262 nm (parallel G- quadruplex) with increasing temperatures (4 - 95 °C) is examined in the absence and presence of 1 equivalence of ligand. TM is calculated by GraphPad Prizm using a top-to-bottom nonlinear fit, and DTM are calculated for each ligands.
Cytotoxicity/Cellular Viability
To study the cytotoxicity of ligands, cells are seeded at 0.3 - 1.5 x 104 (colon) or 0.5 - 2.5 x 105 cells/well (lymphoma) in 96-well plates. Cells representing the colon include the oncogenic HCT116 and the non-transformed CCD-841-CoN cell lines, while the lymphoma cell lines include the oncogenic RAJI (with a chromosome 8: 14 translocation maintaining the G-quadruplex forming region) and CA46 (with a chromosome 8: 14 translocation disrupting the G-quadruplex forming region) cell lines. Both pairs of cell lines are used to determined a cytotoxicity ratio of CCD-84 l-CoN:HCTl 16 or CA46:RAJI. Cells are incubated with ligands at concentrations spanning a 5 - 6-log range in half-log increments for 24 or 96 h. At the prescribed time, plates are analyzed for growth inhibition and quantified with the MTS dye-based assay (Mossman, 1983). Experiments are performed with triplicate data sets. IC50 concentrations are determined using nonlinear regression platforms in GraphPad Prizm software, and IC50 over time is converted into an Area Under the Curve (AUC) value. AUCs of 2500 and less are selected as sufficiently cytotoxic for further analysis. Moreover, 96 h ICsos are used to determine cell line ratios, and a ratio of >2 are chosen for further analysis. Transcriptional and Translational Regulation
Downregulation of c-Myc mRNA and protein in HCT116, RAJI and CA46 cell lines, induced by lead ligands, is examined using quantitative real-time RT-PCR and Western blotting of cell lysates, as a function of both time (1, 4, and 24 h) and ligand concentration (0.5-, 1-, and 1.5-fold 24 h ICso concentrations). Briefly, mRNA is isolated using the Qiashredder and RNeasy Mini kits (Qiagen), cDNA is synthesized and quantitative real-time PCR is run. Fold changes in mRNA are normalized to the housekeeping gene GAPDH, and to vehicle controls (DMSO). Protein is isolated from cells lysed with RIPA buffer plus protease inhibitors (Roche), and concentrations are determined with the BCA Protein Assay (Pierce). 30 pg of protein are resolved on a 4 - 12% Bis-Tris gel, transferred to a PVDF membrane and analyzed for expression of c-Myc and Actin (antibodies from Cell Signaling).
Experimental Values
Experimental values for compounds tested according to one or more of the preceding examples are reported in the following table, including, ED35 is the concentration of ligand that decreases the relative fluorescence of a DNA FRET probe (1 mM) by 35% (identified as the threshold to minimize false negatives). ED35 values are reported in ranges: A: > 10 pM; B: <_10 pM.
As shown in Table II, ATm is the increase in melting temperature of a DNA duplex in the presence of 1 equivalent of ligand (DNA:Ligand = 1 : 1). ATm values are reported in ranges: A: 0 - 10 °C B: > 10 °C.
Table II.
Figure imgf000128_0001
Ligand Binding
Following the competition dialysis assay method of the Chaires group (Ragazzon et al., Methods 2007, 42, 173-182, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety) using 2 mM of the referenced compound, the concentration of ligand bound to G-quadruplex structure for a variety of target genes were determined. Results are summarized in the following Table III.
Table III.
Figure imgf000128_0002
References for formation of G-quadruplex (see, Dexheimer, T. S.; et al, J Am Chem Soc 2006, 128, 5404-15; Siddiqui-Jain, A.; Grand, C. L.; Bearss, D. J.; Hurley, L. H. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA 2002, 99, 11593-11598; De Armond, R.; et al, Biochemistry 2005, 44, 16341-50; Palumbo, S. L.; et al, Journal of the American Chemical Society 2009, in press; Qin, Y.; et al, Nucleic Acids Research 2007, 35, 7698-713; Qin, Y.; et al, Nucleic Acids Research 2009, Submission; Hardin, C. C.; et al, Biochemistry 1991,
30, 4460-72; Sun, D.; et al, Nucleic Acids Res 2005, 33, 6070-80).
Example III.
This example provides specific compounds of the present invention suppress AR protein expression in androgen-dependent (LNCaP) and CRPC tumor cells (C2-4) after a 24h treatment at 10 mM (Fig. 1A) (Cell lysates from LNCaP and C4-2 cells treated with GSA compounds at a concentration of 10 mM for 24 hours were analyzed for expression of AR, NCL, and GAPDH by immunob!otting). GSA0932 suppress AR expression in 22RV1 and VCaP tumor cells, after 24h of treatment reaching its maximal inhibitory activity at a concentration of 3 and 5 mM respectively (Fig. IB) (Cell lysates from indicated prostate cancer cell lines treated with increasing concentrations GSA0932 for 24 hours were analyzed for AR, NCL, and GAPDH by immunoblotting). GSA0932 also inhibits the expression of the clinically relevant ARv7 splice variant in 22RV1 (Fig. IB) and suppressed mRNA expression of the classical AR target gene, KLK3, also known as PSA (Fig. 1C) (Extracted RNA from indicated prostate cancer cell lines treated for 12 hours with DMSO or GSA0932 (10 mM (LNCaP and C4-2), 5 mM (VCaP), or 3 mM (22RV1 ) was analyzed for expression of KLK2 (AR target) by RT-qPCR. Values are means ± s.e.m; / <0.05 (*); n=3). GSA0932 also significantly decreased AR mRNA in LNCaP and C4-2 cells after 12 and 24 hours of treatment at 10 mM (Fig. ID) (Extracted RNA from LCaP or C4-2 cells treated for 12 or 24 hours with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GS A1502 was analyzed for AR expression by RT-qPCR. Values are means ± s.e.m; / 0.05 (*); n=3). GSA1502 does not affect AR mRNA and protein expression (Fig. 1A and D), and was used as negative control
Quindoline-derived compound.
Example IV.
This example demonstrates that a specific compound of the present invention requires nucleolin binding at the G4-element in the AR promoter for its ability to suppress AR mRNA expression. To measure the dependency of GSA0932-mediated AR suppression on the Hi? G4-element, we generated a stable LNCaP cell lines expressing a dual reporter in which Gaussia luciferase is driven by either a wild type or a mutant Hi? promoter lacking the G4 element, and secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP) is driven by a constitutive promoter. GSA0932, but not GSA1502, significantly decreases luciferase activity of a wild type reporter (Fig. IE) (Relative luciferase in LNCaP cells stably expressing the AR G4 (Wild) or deleted G4 ( \G4) reporter, treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours). However, GSA0932 had no effect on the G4-deleted AR reporter (Fig. IE).
GSA0932, but not GSA1502, increases the amount of NCL bound to the G4-element of the AR promoter in both LNCaP and C4-2 cells (Fig. IF) (Chip of NCL on AR G4 in the absence or presence of 10 mM GSA0932. Negative (IgG) control. Plotted as fold enrichment relative to IgG). Knocking down NCL expression alleviated the GSA0932 inhibitory activity against AR mRNA expression compared with control cells (Fig. 1G) (LNCaP cells were transfected with scrambled (Scr) or NCL siRN As and 72h post-transfection, cells were treated with DMSO, 10 mM GSA0932, or 10 mM GSA1502 for 12 hours. Extracted RNA was analyzed for AR expression by RT-qPCR).
Example V.
This example demonstrates that a specific compound of the present invention, GSA0932, has stronger cytotoxic activity against AR-positive tumor cells than non-AR expressing cells (Fig. 1H) (Indicated prostate cancer cell lines, or non-mahgnant prostate ceils (RPWE), treated with different concentrations of GSA0932 for 48h and cell viability measured by MTT). Table V provides the ICso values for GSA0932.
Table V: ICso of GSA0932
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Having now fully described the invention, it will be understood by those of skill in the art that the same can be performed within a wide and equivalent range of conditions, formulations, and other parameters without affecting the scope of the invention or any embodiment thereof. All patents, patent applications and publications cited herein are fully incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
The entire disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientific articles referred to herein is incorporated by reference for all purposes.
EQUIVALENTS
The invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. The foregoing embodiments are therefore to be considered in all respects illustrative rather than limiting the invention described herein. Scope of the invention is thus indicated by the appended claims rather than by the foregoing description, and all changes that come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are intended to be embraced therein.

Claims

What Is Claimed Is:
1. A compound described by Formula
Figure imgf000133_0001
, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and/or prodrugs thereof; wherein Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 independently include any chemical moiety that permits the resulting compound to stabilize G-quadruplex structures.
2. The compound of Claim 1, wherein Ri is hydrogen or methyl.
3. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R2 is hydrogen,
Figure imgf000133_0002
Figure imgf000133_0003
4. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R3 is hydrogen or methyl.
5. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R.4 is selected from hydrogen,
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000134_0002
6. The compound of Claim 1, wherein FC is selected from Hydrogen, halogen (e.g.,
Figure imgf000135_0002
7. The compound of Claim 1, wherein R.6 is selected from
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000135_0003
Figure imgf000136_0001
8 The compound of Claim 1, wherein the compound is recited in Table I.
9. A compound selected from Table I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 1 or 9.
11. A method of treating, ameliorating, or preventing a disease or condition characterized with unstable G-quadruplex activity, comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of Claim 10.
12. The method of Claim 11, wherein administration of the pharmaceutical composition results in stabilization of G-quadruplex (G4) formation.
13. The method of claim 11, wherein the disease or condition characterized by unstable G-quadruplex activity is a hyperproliferative disease or condition.
14. The method of claim 13,
wherein said hyperproliferative disease is any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression, and/or
wherein said hyperproliferative disease is any type of cancer characterized with c- Myc activity and/or c-Myc expression.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the cancer is CRPC.
16. The method of claim 11 , wherein the patient is a human patient.
17. The method of claim 11, further comprising
administering to said patient one or more anticancer agents, wherein said anticancer agent one or more of a chemotherapeutic agent, and radiation therapy, and/or
administering to said patient one or more anticancer agents.
18. A kit comprising a compound of Claim 1 or Claim 9 and instructions for
administering said compound to a patient having a disease or condition characterized by unstable G-quadruplex activity.
19. A compound of the formula,
Figure imgf000137_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
A is -N= or -N+(Ra)=, wherein RA is Ci-C6alkyl, wherein when A is -N+(RA)=, then the compound further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable anion; the B ring and the D ring are each independently a fused phenyl ring or a 6-membered heteroaryl ring comprising one to four annular nitrogen atoms;
R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl,
C2-C6alkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-aryl, aryl-heteroaryl, aryl-heterocyclyl, heteroaryl-aryl, heterocyclyl-aryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or R10, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-aryl, aryl-heteroaryl, aryl-heterocyclyl, heteroaryl-aryl, heterocyclyl-aryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10 groups, or R1 and R2 are taken together to form a fused phenyl, monocyclic C3-C8cycloalkyl, monocyclic heterocyclyl, monocyclic aryl, or monocyclic heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10 groups;
or R3 and R4 are taken together to form a fused phenyl, monocyclic C3-C8cycloalkyl, monocyclic heterocyclyl, monocyclic aryl, or monocyclic heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10 groups, wherein
each R10 is independently R15, Ci-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkyl-R15, wherein
each R15 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -C(0)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)S(0)2R, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)NR2, or -N(R)C(=NR)NR2; and
R5 is Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein
the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups which are each independently oxo, thia, -R50-or -Ci-C6alkyl-R50; and
the aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50 or -Ci-C6alkyl-R50, whereineach R50 is independently halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2, -N(RN)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc), -N(R)NR2, -C(0)R,
-C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -C(0)0R, -C(0)NR2, -C(0)N(RN)-C(H)(RAA)C(0)Rc, -C(=NR)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -N(R)S(0)2R, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)NR2,
-N(R)C(=NR)NR2, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
each R is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl,
C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups, or two R groups attached to the same nitrogen atom taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups, wherein
each R11 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR12, -SR12, -N(R12)2, -C(0)R12, -C(0)0R12, -C(0)N(R12)2, -S(0)2R12 -S(0)2N(R12)2, -N(R12)C(0)R12, -N(R12)S(0)2R12, -0C(0)R12, -0C(0)0R12, -N(R12)C(0)0R12,
-N(R12)C(0)N(R12)2, -N(R12)C(=NR12)N(R12)2, Ci-Cealkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, or C2-C6alkynyl, wherein
each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl, or two R12 groups attached to the same nitrogen atom taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are each independently halo or Ci-C6alkyl;
each RN is independently hydrogen or -C(0)C(H)(RAA)NH(RN2);
each Rc is independently -OH or -N(RN2)C(H)(RAA)COOH;
RN2 is (i) hydrogen or (ii) RN2 and RAA taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 4 - 8 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or two RA1 groups; and
each RAA is hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC i-G, alkyl or heteroarylCi- C6alkyl, wherein the alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 RA1 groups, wherein each RA1 is independently halo, cyano, -ORA2, -SRA2, -N(RA2)2, -C(0)0RA2, -C(0)N(RA2)2,
-N(RA2)C(=NRA2)N(RA2)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each RA2 is hydrogen or Ci-Cealkyl;
or RN and RAA taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 4 - 8 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or two RA1 groups.
20. The compound of claim 19 according to the formula,
Figure imgf000139_0001
21 The compound of claim 19 according to the formula,
Figure imgf000140_0001
22 The compound of claim 19 according to the formula,
Figure imgf000140_0002
23. The compound of claim any one of claims 19 -22, wherein A is -N=.
24. The compound of any one of claims 19 -22, wherein A is -N+(RA)=, and the pharmaceutically acceptable anion is a halide.
25. The compound of any one of claims 19 -22, wherein one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is -OR16, -SR16, or -N(H)(R16), wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci- C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2,
(0)N(R18)2, -S(0)2R18, -S(0)2N(R18)2, -N(R18)C(0)R18,
R18, -0C(0)0R18, -N(R18)C(0)0R18, -N(R18)C(0)N(R18)2, or
Figure imgf000140_0003
wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
26. The compound of any one of claims 19-22, wherein R2 and R4 are each hydrogen; one of R1 and R3 is -OR16, -SR16, or -N(H)(R16), wherein R16 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R17, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -
Figure imgf000140_0004
or
Ci-C6alkyl; and the other of R1 and R3 is hydrogen.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein one of R1 and R3 is -N(H)R16.
28. The compound of claim 27, wherein R16 is -Ci-C6alkyl-R17 or heterocyclyl(Ci- Ce)alkyl, wherein R17 is -OR18, -SR18, -N(R18)2, -N(R18)C(0)R18, -N(R18)S(0)2R18,
-N(R18)C(0)0R18, -N(R18)C(0)N(R18)2, or
Figure imgf000141_0001
wherein each R18 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
29. The compound of any one of claims 19-22, wherein one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by a one group which is R20, Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R20, wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, -N(R21)2, -C(0)R21, -C(0)0R21, -C(0)N(R21)2, -S(0)2R21, - S(0)2N(R21)2, -N(R21)C(0)R21, -N(R21)S(0)2R21, -0C(0)R21, -0C(0)0R21,
-N(R21)C(0)0R21, -N(R21)C(0)N(R21)2, or -N(R21)C(=NR21)N(R21)2, wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen; Ci-C6alkyl; or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
30. The compound of claim 29, wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is
R22
, wherein R22 is -C(0)R21, -C(0)0R21, -C(0)N(R21)2, -S(0)2R21 , -S(0)2N(R21)2,
Ci-Cealkyl, or -Ci-Cealkyl-R20.
31. The compound of claim 30, wherein R22 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R20 wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, -N(R21)2, -N(R21)C(0)R21, -N(R21)S(0)2R21, -0C(0)R21, -0C(0)0R21, -N(R21)C(0)0R21, -N(R21)C(0)N(R21)2, or -N(R21)C(=NR21)N(R21)2.
32. The compound of claim 30, wherein R22 is Ci-C6alkyl, or -Ci-C6alkyl-R20, wherein R20 is -OR21, -SR21, or -N(R21)2.
33. The compound of claim 32, wherein each R21 is independently hydrogen or Ci- C6alkyl.
34. The compound of claim 30, wherein R22 is -C(0)R21 or -S(0)2R21.
35. The compound of claim 34, wherein R21 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R11 groups.
36. The compound of any one of claims 19-22, wherein R5 is -Ci-C6alkyl-R50, wherein R50 is -OR, -SR, -NR2, -N(R)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc), -N(R)NR2, -N(R)C(0)R,
-N(R)C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -N(R)S(0)2R, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)NR2, or -N(R)C(=NR)NR2.
37. The compound of claim 36 wherein R50 is -N(H)C(0)R53, -N(H)S(0)2R53,
-0C(0)R53, -0C(0)0R53, -N(H)C(0)0R53, -N(H)C(0)N(H)R53, wherein R53 is Ci-Cealkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups.
38. The compound of any one of claims 19-22, wherein R5 is heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups which are each independently oxo, thia, or -R50.
39. The compound of any one of claims 19-22, wherein R5 is of the formula,
Figure imgf000142_0001
wherein a and d are each independently 0, 1, or 2;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
Q is -N- or -C(H)-;
Z is a bond, -0-, -S-, -C(O)-, or -N(R60)-, wherein
R60 is hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl,
C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, -Ci-Cealkyl-OR, -Ci-Cealkyl-SR, -Ci-C6alkyl-N(R)2, -COR, -CONR2, -C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -C(=NR)NR2, -S02R, or -COOR; and each R57 and R58 are independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, -OR, -NR2, -N(R)C(0)NR2, oxo, -COOH,
-CONR2, -C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), or -N(R)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc),
or when a is 0, then both R57 groups can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or C3- C8cycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups;
or when d is 0, both R58 groups can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or C3-C8cycloalkyl, wherein the fused aryl and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R50 groups; and wherein the fused heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl groups are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 oxo, thia, or R50 groups.
40. The compound of any one of claims 19-22, wherein R5 is -(CH2)m-N(H)R56, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and R56 is aryl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently R50.
41. The compound of claim 40, wherein m is 2 or 3.
Figure imgf000143_0001
42. The compound of claim 40, wherein R56 is or
43. The compound of claim 19, wherein
the B ring and the D ring are each independently a fused phenyl ring;
R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl,
heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or R10, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are each optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R10 groups, wherein each R10 is independently R15, Ci-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkyl-R15, wherein
each R15 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2, -C(0)R, -C(0)OR, -C(0)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)S(0)2R, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)NR2, or -N(R)C(=NR)NR2;
and
R5 is Ci-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl,
aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein
the alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups which are each independently oxo or -R50; and the arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl groups are optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups which are each independently -R50 or -Ci-C6alkyl-R50, wherein
each R50 is independently halogen, cyano, nitro, azido, nitroso, -OR, -SR, -NR2, -N(R)C(H)(RAA)C(0)(Rc), -N(R)NR2, -C(0)R,
-C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -C(0)0R, -C(0)NR2, -C(0)N(R)-C(H)(RAA)C(0)Rc, -C(=NR)NR2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NR2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)C(H)(RAA)N(H)(Rn), -N(R)S(0)2R,
-0C(0)R, -0C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)NR2,
-N(R)C(=NR)NR2, or Ci-Cealkyl,
wherein
each R is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl,
C3-C8cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C3-C8cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl heterocyclyl(Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups, wherein
each R11 is independently halo, nitro, azido, cyano, nitroso, -OR12, -SR12,
-N(R12)2, -C(0)R12, -C(0)0R12, -C(0)N(R12)2, -S(0)2R12 , -S(0)2N(R12)2, -N(R12)C(0)R12, -N(R12)S(0)2R12, -0C(0)R12, -0C(0)0R12, -N(R12)C(0)0R12, -N(R12)C(0)N(R12)2, -N(R12)C(=NR12)N(R12)2, or Ci-C6alkyl, wherein each R12 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl.
44. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 19-43 and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient, or carrier.
45. A method for inhibiting gene expression comprising contacting a cell with an amount effective to inhibit gene expression of a compound of any one of claims 19-44 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 43.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the contacting occurs in vitro.
47. The method of claim 45 wherein the contacting occurs in vivo.
48. The method of claim 45, wherein the method is used to treat or inhibit a cell
proliferative disorder.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein the cell proliferative disorder is a cancer.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the cancer is a cancer of the colon, pancreas, breast, lung, lymph node, prostate, brain, head, neck, skin, liver, kidney, heart, bone, smooth muscle, or hematopoietic system.
51. The method of claim 43, wherein the method is used to treat or inhibit a vascular obstructive disease.
52. The method of claim 51, wherein the vascular obstructive disease is selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, intimal hyperplasia, stenosis, and restenosis.
53. The method of claim 43, wherein the method is used to treat or inhibit inflammation resulting from tissue damage.
54. The method of claim 43, wherein the method is used to treat or inhibit an infection.
55. A method for treating cancer comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of any one of claims 19-43 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 44.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the cancer is a cancer of the colon, pancreas, breast, lung, lymph node, prostate, brain, head, neck, skin, liver, kidney, heart, bone, smooth muscle, or hematopoietic system.
57. A method for treating or limiting development of a vascular occlusive disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of any one of claims 19-43 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 44.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein the vascular obstructive disease is selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, intimal hyperplasia, stenosis, and restenosis.
59. A method for treating inflammation resulting from tissue damage, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of any one of claims 19-43 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 44.
60. A method for treating an infection, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of any one of claims 19-43 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 44.
61. An improved biomedical device comprising a compound of any one of claims 19-43 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 44, disposed on or in the biomedical device.
62. The improved biomedical device of claim 61, wherein the biomedical device is selected from the group consisting of stents, grafts, shunts, stent grafts, fistulas, angioplasty devices, balloon catheters and implantable drug delivery devices.
63. A method of treating, ameliorating, or preventing a disease or condition characterized with unstable G-quadruplex activity, comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of compound recited in Claims 1, 9 or 19.
64. The method of Claim 63, wherein administration of the pharmaceutical composition results in stabilization of G-quadruplex (G4) formation.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein the disease or condition characterized by unstable G-quadruplex activity is a hyperproliferative disease or condition.
66. The method of claim 65,
wherein said hyperproliferative disease is any type of cancer characterized with AR activity and/or AR expression, and/or
wherein said hyperproliferative disease is any type of cancer characterized with c- Myc activity and/or c-Mc expression.
67. The method of claim 66, wherein the cancer is CRPC.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the patient is a human patient.
69. The method of claim 63, further comprising
administering to said patient one or more anticancer agents, wherein said anticancer agent one or more of a chemotherapeutic agent, and radiation therapy, and/or
administering to said patient one or more anticancer agents.
70. The compound of Claim 19, wherein the compound is recited in Table I.
PCT/US2020/015717 2019-01-29 2020-01-29 Quindoline compounds and uses thereof Ceased WO2020160175A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/426,932 US12509468B2 (en) 2019-01-29 2020-01-29 Quindoline compounds and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962798293P 2019-01-29 2019-01-29
US62/798,293 2019-01-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020160175A1 true WO2020160175A1 (en) 2020-08-06

Family

ID=71840119

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2020/015717 Ceased WO2020160175A1 (en) 2019-01-29 2020-01-29 Quindoline compounds and uses thereof
PCT/US2020/015716 Ceased WO2020160174A1 (en) 2019-01-29 2020-01-29 Uses of compounds having anti-hsv-1 activity

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2020/015716 Ceased WO2020160174A1 (en) 2019-01-29 2020-01-29 Uses of compounds having anti-hsv-1 activity

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (2) US12509468B2 (en)
WO (2) WO2020160175A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12509468B2 (en) * 2019-01-29 2025-12-30 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Quindoline compounds and uses thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007062998A1 (en) * 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 3-amino-2-arylpropyl azaindoles and uses thereof
US8158646B2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2012-04-17 Florida Agricultural And Mechanical University Antifungal and antiparasitic indoloquinoline derivates

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3989816A (en) 1975-06-19 1976-11-02 Nelson Research & Development Company Vehicle composition containing 1-substituted azacycloheptan-2-ones
US4444762A (en) 1980-04-04 1984-04-24 Nelson Research & Development Company Vehicle composition containing 1-substituted azacyclopentan-2-ones
US6605712B1 (en) 1990-12-20 2003-08-12 Arch Development Corporation Gene transcription and ionizing radiation: methods and compositions
WO1996010015A1 (en) * 1994-09-28 1996-04-04 Shaman Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity
US7205404B1 (en) 1999-03-05 2007-04-17 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Phosphorus-containing prodrugs
US8846114B1 (en) * 2013-09-05 2014-09-30 Oleavicin, LLC Composition for the treatment of herpes and cold sores
US9758518B2 (en) * 2015-03-04 2017-09-12 Pimera, Inc. Compositions, uses and methods for making them
US12509468B2 (en) * 2019-01-29 2025-12-30 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Quindoline compounds and uses thereof

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007062998A1 (en) * 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 3-amino-2-arylpropyl azaindoles and uses thereof
US8158646B2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2012-04-17 Florida Agricultural And Mechanical University Antifungal and antiparasitic indoloquinoline derivates

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CHE ET AL.: "Discovery of Novel Schizocommunin Derivatives as Telomeric G-Quadruplex Ligands That Trigger Telomere Dysfunction and the Deoxyribonucleic Acid (DNA) Damage Response", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 61, 2018, pages 3436 - 3453, XP055728027 *
HE ET AL.: "New quinazoline derivatives for telomeric G-quadruplex DNA: Effects of an added phenyl group on quadruplex binding ability", EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 63, 2013, pages 1 - 13, XP029233955, DOI: 10.1016/j.ejmech.2013.01.051 *
OU ET AL.: "Stabilization of G-Quadruplex DNA and Down-Regulation of Oncogene c-myc by Quindoline Derivatives", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 50, 2007, pages 1465 - 1474, XP055728031 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020160174A1 (en) 2020-08-06
US12559499B2 (en) 2026-02-24
US20220098210A1 (en) 2022-03-31
US12509468B2 (en) 2025-12-30
US20220105083A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6909323B2 (en) MDM2 Inhibitors and Treatment Methods Using them
JP6251301B2 (en) Spiro-oxindole MDM2 antagonist
EP2063887A2 (en) New small molecule inhibitors of mdm2 and the uses thereof
BRPI0609172A2 (en) mdm2 small molecule inhibitors and uses of these
WO2015153959A2 (en) Small molecule inhibitors of mcl-1 and uses thereof
AU2017359844A1 (en) 8,9-dihydroimidazole[1,2-a]pyrimido[5,4-e]pyrimidine-5(6H)-ketone compound
CA2660899A1 (en) Tricyclic compound derivatives useful in the treatment of neoplastic diseases, inflammatory disorders and immunomodulatory disorders
WO2011060049A2 (en) Spiro-oxindole mdm2 antagonists
EP4567032A1 (en) Kif18a inhibitor compound, and pharmaceutical composition and preparation method therefor and use thereof
WO2012025155A1 (en) Hydroxamate-based inhibitors of deacetylases
EP2265604A2 (en) Heteroaryl-substituted bicyclic smac mimetics and the uses thereof
WO2020112846A1 (en) Small molecule modulators of sigma-1 and sigma-2 receptors and uses thereof
EP2831067A1 (en) Small molecule inhibitors of mcl-1 and uses thereof
WO2016187544A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating and preventing cancer
CN110022878A (en) Small molecular double inhibitor of EGFR/PI3K and application thereof
WO2020132459A1 (en) Quinolinyl-pyrazine-carboxamide compounds and uses thereof
CN104411696A (en) Cyclohexane-1,2&#39;-naphthalene-1&#39;,2&#34;-imidazole compounds and their use as BACE inhibitors
WO2017223086A1 (en) Small molecule inhibitors of aldh and uses thereof
US9290503B2 (en) Tricyclic compound derivatives useful in the treatment of neoplastic diseases, inflammatory disorders and immunomodulatory disorders
US12509468B2 (en) Quindoline compounds and uses thereof
CN121152623A (en) Cyclin-dependent kinase degraders and their application methods
EP4288416A2 (en) Small molecule inhibitors of grp78 and uses thereof
WO2020123670A1 (en) Small molecule inhibitors of the androgen receptor activity and/or expression and uses thereof
RU2834353C2 (en) Pyrimidine-4,6-diamine derivative, method for production thereof and pharmaceutical use thereof
JP7765105B2 (en) Pyrimidine-4,6-diamine derivatives, their preparation method and pharmaceutical applications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20747588

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20747588

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 17426932

Country of ref document: US